From bf5782c8f6d20b2f37c7c821b53584098ab2cb47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chris Davis Date: Thu, 7 Aug 2025 15:43:15 -0700 Subject: [PATCH] Add Exchange Server SE 8 --- .../Set-OwaMailboxPolicy.md | 176 +++++----- .../Set-OwaVirtualDirectory.md | 228 ++++++------ .../Set-PartnerApplication.md | 32 +- .../Set-PendingFederatedDomain.md | 14 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-PolicyTipConfig.md | 12 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-PopSettings.md | 64 ++-- .../Set-PowerShellVirtualDirectory.md | 28 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolder.md | 36 +- .../Set-PublicFolderMigrationRequest.md | 32 +- .../Set-PublicFolderMoveRequest.md | 26 +- .../Set-ReceiveConnector.md | 116 +++--- .../Set-RecipientFilterConfig.md | 20 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteDomain.md | 56 +-- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteMailbox.md | 122 +++---- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResourceConfig.md | 10 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResubmitRequest.md | 12 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md | 20 +- .../Set-RetentionPolicyTag.md | 40 +-- .../Set-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md | 16 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md | 26 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-RpcClientAccess.md | 18 +- .../Set-SearchDocumentFormat.md | 12 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-SendConnector.md | 72 ++-- .../Set-SenderFilterConfig.md | 26 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderIdConfig.md | 22 +- .../Set-SenderReputationConfig.md | 28 +- .../Set-ServerComponentState.md | 22 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerMonitor.md | 14 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-SettingOverride.md | 22 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md | 18 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailbox.md | 28 +- .../Set-SiteMailboxProvisioningPolicy.md | 24 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-SmimeConfig.md | 58 +-- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-SweepRule.md | 34 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-SystemMessage.md | 16 +- .../Set-TextMessagingAccount.md | 18 +- .../Set-ThrottlingPolicy.md | 248 ++++++------- .../Set-ThrottlingPolicyAssociation.md | 12 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportAgent.md | 14 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportConfig.md | 114 +++--- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md | 330 +++++++++--------- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportServer.md | 192 +++++----- .../Set-TransportService.md | 280 +++++++-------- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md | 112 +++--- .../ExchangePowerShell/Set-UserPhoto.md | 26 +- .../Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory.md | 40 +-- .../Set-X400AuthoritativeDomain.md | 16 +- .../Start-ComplianceSearch.md | 12 +- .../Start-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md | 16 +- .../Start-EdgeSynchronization.md | 14 +- .../Start-MailboxAssistant.md | 16 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxSearch.md | 16 +- .../Start-ManagedFolderAssistant.md | 14 +- .../Start-MigrationBatch.md | 12 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationUser.md | 10 +- .../Stop-ComplianceSearch.md | 8 +- .../Stop-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md | 16 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MailboxSearch.md | 10 +- .../Stop-ManagedFolderAssistant.md | 10 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MigrationBatch.md | 10 +- 60 files changed, 1535 insertions(+), 1531 deletions(-) diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OwaMailboxPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OwaMailboxPolicy.md index fa861191a0..164572be01 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OwaMailboxPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OwaMailboxPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ This example disables Outlook UserVoice for the default mailbox policy in Micros ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the Outlook on the web mailbox policy that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActionForUnknownFileAndMIMETypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ActionForUnknownFileAndMIMETypes parameter specifies how to handle file types that aren't specified in the Allow, Block, and Force Save lists for file types and MIME types. Valid values are: @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveSyncIntegrationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ActiveSyncIntegrationEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable Exchange ActiveSync settings in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllAddressListsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AllAddressListsEnabled parameter specifies which address lists are available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowCopyContactsToDeviceAddressBook -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AllowCopyContactsToDeviceAddressBook parameter specifies whether users can copy the contents of their Contacts folder to a mobile device's native address book when using Outlook on the web for devices. Valid values are: @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedFileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AllowedFileTypes parameter specifies the attachment file types (file extensions) that can be saved locally or viewed from Outlook on the web. The default values are: @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedMimeTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AllowedMimeTypes parameter specifies the MIME extensions of attachments that allow the attachments to be saved locally or viewed from Outlook on the web. The default values are: @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowOfflineOn -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedFileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The BlockedFileTypes parameter specifies a list of attachment file types (file extensions) that can't be saved locally or viewed from Outlook on the web. The default values are: @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedMimeTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The BlockedMimeTypes parameter specifies MIME extensions in attachments that prevent the attachments from being saved locally or viewed from Outlook on the web. The default values are: @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BoxAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CalendarEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ChangePasswordEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ClassicAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ClassicAttachmentsEnabled parameter specifies whether users can attach local files as regular email attachments in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContactsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultClientLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultTheme -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The DefaultTheme parameter specifies the default theme that's used in Outlook on the web when the user hasn't selected a theme. The default value is blank ($null). For more information about the built-in themes that are available in Outlook on the web, see [Default Outlook on the web themes in Exchange](https://learn.microsoft.com/Exchange/clients/outlook-on-the-web/themes#default-outlook-on-the-web-themes-in-exchange-2016). @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DelegateAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DirectFileAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The DirectFileAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled parameter specifies the left-click options for attachments in Outlook on the web for private computer sessions. Valid values are: @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DirectFileAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The DirectFileAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled parameter specifies the left-click options for attachments in Outlook on the web for public computer sessions. Valid values are: @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayPhotosEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The DisplayPhotosEnabled parameter specifies whether users see sender photos in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DropboxAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExplicitLogonEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalSPMySiteHostURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ExternalSPMySiteHostURL specifies the My Site Host URL for external users (for example, `https://sp01.contoso.com`). @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceSaveAttachmentFilteringEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ForceSaveAttachmentFilteringEnabled parameter specifies whether files are filtered before they can be saved from Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceSaveFileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ForceSaveFileTypes parameter specifies the attachment file types (file extensions) that can only be saved from Outlook on the web (not opened). The default values are: @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceSaveMimeTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ForceSaveMimeTypes parameter specifies the MIME extensions in attachments that only allow the attachments to be saved locally (not opened). The default values are: @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceWacViewingFirstOnPrivateComputers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ForceWacViewingFirstOnPrivateComputers parameter specifies whether private computers must first preview an Office file as a web page in Office Online Server (formerly known as Office Web Apps Server and Web Access Companion Server) before opening the file in the local application. Valid values are: @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceWacViewingFirstOnPublicComputers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ForceWacViewingFirstOnPublicComputers parameter specifies whether public computers must first preview an Office file as a web page in Office Online Server before opening the file in the local application. Valid values are: @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreCardsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GlobalAddressListEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The GlobalAddressListEnabled parameter specifies whether the global address list is available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GoogleDriveAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GroupCreationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InstantMessagingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The InstantMessagingEnabled parameter specifies whether instant messaging is available in Outlook on the web. This does not affect chat capabilities provided by Skype for Business or Teams. Valid values are: @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InstantMessagingType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The InstantMessagingType parameter specifies the type of instant messaging provider in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalSPMySiteHostURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The InternalSPMySiteHostURL specifies the My Site Host URL for internal users (for example, `https://sp01.contoso.com`). @@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IRMEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The IRMEnabled parameter specifies whether Information Rights Management (IRM) features are available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The IsDefault switch specifies whether the Outlook on the web policy is the default policy that's used to configure the Outlook on the web settings for new mailboxes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -JournalEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The JournalEnabled parameter specifies whether the Journal folder is available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -JunkEmailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogonAndErrorLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The LogonAndErrorLanguage parameter specifies the language that used in Outlook on the web for forms-based authentication and for error messages when a user's current language setting can't be read. @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the policy. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The NotesEnabled parameter specifies whether the Notes folder is available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OneDriveAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OnSendAddinsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OnSendAddinsEnabled parameter specifies whether a mail item can be edited while an on-send add-in is processing it in Outlook on the web or the new Outlook on Windows. Valid values are: @@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online When the OrganizationEnabled parameter is set to $false, the Automatic Reply option doesn't include external and internal options, the address book doesn't show the organization hierarchy, and the Resources tab in Calendar forms is disabled. The default value is $true. @@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutboundCharset -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OutboundCharset parameter specifies the character set that's used for outgoing messages in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWALightEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWALightEnabled parameter controls the availability of the light version of Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhoneticSupportEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The PhoneticSupportEnabled parameter specifies phonetically spelled entries in the address book. This parameter is available for use in Japan. @@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PremiumClientEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The PremiumClientEnabled parameter controls the availability of the full version of Outlook Web App. Valid values are: @@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PublicFoldersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2248,7 +2248,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecoverDeletedItemsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReferenceAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ReferenceAttachmentsEnabled parameter specifies whether users can attach files from the cloud as linked attachments in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2292,7 +2292,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemindersAndNotificationsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RemindersAndNotificationsEnabled parameter specifies whether notifications and reminders are enabled in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportJunkEmailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online **Note**: In Exchange Online, this parameter does not affect the ability of users to report messages. Whether a user is able to report messages and where is controlled in the Microsoft Defender portal as described in [User reported message settings](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/submissions-user-reported-messages-custom-mailbox). @@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RulesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RulesEnabled parameter specifies whether a user can view, create, or modify server-side rules in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SatisfactionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SatisfactionEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the satisfaction survey. Valid values are: @@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SaveAttachmentsToCloudEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SaveAttachmentsToCloudEnabled parameter specifies whether users can save regular email attachments to the cloud. Valid values are: @@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SearchFoldersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SearchFoldersEnabled parameter specifies whether Search Folders are available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetPhotoEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SetPhotoEnabled parameter specifies whether users can add, change, and remove their sender photo in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetPhotoURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SetPhotoURL parameter controls where users go to select their photo. You can't specify a URL that contains one or more picture files, as there's no mechanism to copy a URL photo to the properties of Exchange Online mailboxes. @@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SignaturesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SignaturesEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the use of signatures in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SilverlightEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2529,7 +2529,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SkipCreateUnifiedGroupCustomSharepointClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SMimeEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpellCheckerEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TasksEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TextMessagingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The TextMessagingEnabled parameter specifies whether users can send and receive text messages in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ThemeSelectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ThemeSelectionEnabled parameter specifies whether users can change the theme in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ThirdPartyAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UMIntegrationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The UMIntegrationEnabled parameter specifies whether Unified Messaging (UM) integration is enabled in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2759,7 +2759,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UNCAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2779,7 +2779,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UNCAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseGB18030 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The UseGB18030 parameter specifies whether to use the GB18030 character set instead of GB2312 in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2820,7 +2820,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseISO885915 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The UseISO885915 parameter specifies whether to use the character set ISO8859-15 instead of ISO8859-1 in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2841,7 +2841,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserVoiceEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WacEditingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WacEditingEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable editing documents in Outlook on the web by using Office Online Server (formerly known as Office Web Apps Server and Web Access Companion Server). Valid values are: @@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WacExternalServicesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WacExternalServicesEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable external services when viewing documents in Outlook on the web (for example, machine translation) by using Office Online Server. Valid values are: @@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WacOMEXEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WacOMEXEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable apps for Outlook in Outlook on the web in Office Online Server. Valid values are: @@ -2927,7 +2927,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WacViewingOnPrivateComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WacViewingOnPrivateComputersEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable web viewing of supported Office documents private computer sessions in Office Online Server (formerly known as Office Web Apps Server and Web Access Companion Server). By default, all Outlook on the web sessions are considered to be on private computers. Valid values are: @@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WacViewingOnPublicComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WacViewingOnPublicComputersEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable web viewing of supported Office documents in public computer sessions in Office Online Server. Valid values are: @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WebPartsFrameOptionsType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WebPartsFrameOptionsType parameter specifies what sources can access web parts in IFRAME or FRAME elements in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -3208,7 +3208,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ``` ### -WSSAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -3243,7 +3243,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WSSAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OwaVirtualDirectory.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OwaVirtualDirectory.md index f60879da83..921ca5f56c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OwaVirtualDirectory.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OwaVirtualDirectory.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ This example sets the ActionForUnknownFileAndMIMETypes parameter to Block on the ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the OWA virtual directory that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the virtual directory. For example: @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActionForUnknownFileAndMIMETypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActionForUnknownFileAndMIMETypes parameter specifies how to handle file types that aren't specified in the Allow, Block, and Force Save lists for file types and MIME types. Valid values are: @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveSyncIntegrationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveSyncIntegrationEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable Exchange ActiveSync settings in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdfsAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AdfsAuthentication parameter enables or disables Active Directory Federation Services (ADFS) authentication on the Outlook on the web virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllAddressListsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AllAddressListsEnabled parameter specifies which address lists are available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowCopyContactsToDeviceAddressBook -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AllowCopyContactsToDeviceAddressBook parameter specifies whether users can copy the contents of their Contacts folder to a mobile device's native address book when using Outlook on the web for devices. Valid values are: @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedFileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AllowedFileTypes parameter specifies the attachment file types (file extensions) that can be saved locally or viewed from Outlook on the web. The default values are: @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedMimeTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AllowedMimeTypes parameter specifies the MIME extensions of attachments that allow the attachments to be saved locally or viewed from Outlook on the web. The default values are: @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowOfflineOn -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AllowOfflineOn parameter specifies when Outlook on the web in offline mode is available for supported web browsers. Valid values are: @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnonymousFeaturesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AnonymousFeaturesEnabled parameter specifies whether you want to allow Outlook on the web users that are logged on anonymously to access specific features. Valid values are: @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BasicAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BasicAuthentication parameter specifies whether Basic authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedFileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlockedFileTypes parameter specifies a list of attachment file types (file extensions) that can't be saved locally or viewed from Outlook on the web. The default values are: @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedMimeTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlockedMimeTypes parameter specifies MIME extensions in attachments that prevent the attachments from being saved locally or viewed from Outlook on the web. The default values are: @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BoxAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CalendarEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CalendarEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the calendar in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ChangePasswordEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ChangePasswordEnabled parameter specifies whether users can change their passwords from inside Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ClassicAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ClassicAttachmentsEnabled parameter specifies whether users can attach local files as regular email attachments in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ClientAuthCleanupLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ClientAuthCleanupLevel parameter specifies how much of the cache is cleared when the user logs off from Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContactsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ContactsEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable Contacts in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultClientLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DefaultDomain parameter specifies which domain to use when the LogonFormat parameter is set to UserName (for example, contoso.com). @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultTheme -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DefaultTheme parameter specifies the default theme that's used in Outlook on the web when the user hasn't selected a theme. The default value is blank ($null). For more information about the built-in themes that are available in Outlook on the web, see [Default Outlook on the web themes in Exchange](https://learn.microsoft.com/Exchange/clients/outlook-on-the-web/themes#default-outlook-on-the-web-themes-in-exchange-2016). @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DelegateAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DigestAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DigestAuthentication parameter specifies whether Digest authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DirectFileAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DirectFileAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled parameter specifies the left-click options for attachments in Outlook on the web for private computer sessions. Valid values are: @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DirectFileAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DirectFileAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled parameter specifies the left-click options for attachments in Outlook on the web for public computer sessions. Valid values are: @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayPhotosEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DisplayPhotosEnabled parameter specifies whether users see sender photos in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DropboxAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Exchange2003Url -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExchwebProxyDestination -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExplicitLogonEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExplicitLogonEnabled parameter specifies whether to allow a user to open someone else's mailbox in Outlook on the web (provided that user has permissions to the mailbox). Valid values are: @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionFlags -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionFlags parameter specifies custom settings for Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionSPNList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionSPNList parameter specifies a list of valid Service Principal Names (SPNs) if you're using Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionTokenChecking -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionTokenChecking parameter defines how you want to use Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Extended Protection for Authentication isn't enabled by default. Valid values are: @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalAuthenticationMethods -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalAuthenticationMethods parameter restricts the authentication methods that can be used to connect to the virtual directory from outside the firewall. Valid values are: @@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDownloadHostName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDownloadHostName parameter specifies the download location for files in Outlook on the web for external users (for example, in-line image files). @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalSPMySiteHostURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalSPMySiteHostURL specifies the My Site Host URL for external users (for example, `https://sp01.contoso.com`). @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalURL parameter specifies the URL that's used to connect to the virtual directory from outside the firewall. @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FailbackUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The FailbackUrl parameter specifies the URL that Outlook on the web uses to connect to the server after failback in a site resilience process and requires a separate DNS entry pointing to the original server's IP address. @@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FilterWebBeaconsAndHtmlForms -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The FilterWebBeaconsAndHtmlForms parameter specifies how web beacons are handled in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceSaveAttachmentFilteringEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForceSaveAttachmentFilteringEnabled parameter specifies whether files are filtered before they can be saved from Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceSaveFileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForceSaveFileTypes parameter specifies the attachment file types (file extensions) that can only be saved from Outlook on the web (not opened). The default values are: @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceSaveMimeTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForceSaveMimeTypes parameter specifies the MIME extensions in attachments that only allow the attachments to be saved locally (not opened). The default values are: @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceWacViewingFirstOnPrivateComputers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForceWacViewingFirstOnPrivateComputers parameter specifies whether private computers must first preview an Office file as a web page in Office Online Server (formerly known as Office Web Apps Server and Web Access Companion Server) before opening the file in the local application. Valid values are: @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceWacViewingFirstOnPublicComputers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForceWacViewingFirstOnPublicComputers parameter specifies whether public computers must first preview an Office file as a web page in Office Online Server before opening the file in the local application. Valid values are: @@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FormsAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The FormsAuthentication parameter enables or disables forms-based authentication on the Outlook on the web virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreCardsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GlobalAddressListEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The GlobalAddressListEnabled parameter specifies whether the global address list is available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GoogleDriveAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GzipLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The GzipLevel parameter sets Gzip configuration information for the Outlook on the web virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InstantMessagingCertificateThumbprint -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InstantMessagingCertificateThumbprint parameter specifies the trusted certificate used to communicate between the instant messaging server and the Mailbox server. Use the Get-ExchangeCertificate cmdlet to find the thumbprint of the certificate. @@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InstantMessagingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InstantMessagingEnabled parameter specifies whether instant messaging is available in Outlook on the web. This does not affect chat capabilities provided by Skype for Business or Teams. Valid values are: @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InstantMessagingServerName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InstantMessagingServerName parameter specifies the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the instant messaging server or set of servers behind a load balancing device. @@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InstantMessagingType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InstantMessagingType parameter specifies the type of instant messaging provider in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntegratedFeaturesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IntegratedFeaturesEnabled parameter specifies whether to allow Outlook on the web users who are logged on using Integrated Windows authentication to access specific features. Valid values are: @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDownloadHostName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDownloadHostName parameter specifies the download location for files in Outlook on the web for internal users (for example, in-line image files). The default value is blank ($null). @@ -1581,7 +1581,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalSPMySiteHostURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalSPMySiteHostURL specifies the My Site Host URL for internal users (for example, `https://sp01.contoso.com`). @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalURL parameter specifies the URL that's used to connect to the virtual directory from inside the firewall. @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IRMEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IRMEnabled parameter specifies whether Information Rights Management (IRM) features are available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsPublic -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IsPublic parameter specifies whether external users use the virtual directory for Outlook on the web in multiple virtual directory environments (you've configured separate virtual directories on the same server for internal vs. external Outlook on the web connections). Valid values are: @@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -JournalEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The JournalEnabled parameter specifies whether the Journal folder is available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -JunkEmailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The JunkEmailEnabled parameter specifies whether the Junk Email folder and junk email management are available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogonAndErrorLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LogonAndErrorLanguage parameter specifies the language that used in Outlook on the web for forms-based authentication and for error messages when a user's current language setting can't be read. @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogonFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LogonFormat parameter specifies the type of logon format that's required for forms-based authentication on the Outlook on the web sign-in page. Valid values are: @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogonPageLightSelectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LogonPageLightSelectionEnabled parameter specifies whether the Outlook on the web sign-in page includes the option to sign in to the light version of Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogonPagePublicPrivateSelectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LogonPagePublicPrivateSelectionEnabled parameter specifies whether the Outlook on the web sign-in page includes the public/private computer session option at sign-in. Valid values are: @@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The NotesEnabled parameter specifies whether the Notes folder is available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotificationInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OAuthAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OneDriveAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE When the OrganizationEnabled parameter is set to $false, the Automatic Reply option doesn't include external and internal options, the address book doesn't show the organization hierarchy, and the Resources tab in Calendar forms is disabled. The default value is $true. @@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutboundCharset -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OutboundCharset parameter specifies the character set that's used for outgoing messages in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWALightEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OWALightEnabled parameter controls the availability of the light version of Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PremiumClientEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PremiumClientEnabled parameter controls the availability of the full version of Outlook Web App. Valid values are: @@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PublicFoldersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecoverDeletedItemsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RedirectToOptimalOWAServer -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RedirectToOptimalOWAServer parameter specifies whether to find the optimal server for Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReferenceAttachmentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReferenceAttachmentsEnabled parameter specifies whether users can attach files from the cloud as linked attachments in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemindersAndNotificationsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RemindersAndNotificationsEnabled parameter specifies whether notifications and reminders are enabled in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoteDocumentsActionForUnknownServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoteDocumentsAllowedServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoteDocumentsBlockedServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoteDocumentsInternalDomainSuffixList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportJunkEmailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReportJunkEmailEnabled parameter specifies whether users can report messages as junk or not junk to Microsoft in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RulesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RulesEnabled parameter specifies whether a user can view, create, or modify server-side rules in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2241,7 +2241,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SaveAttachmentsToCloudEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SaveAttachmentsToCloudEnabled parameter specifies whether users can save regular email attachments to the cloud. Valid values are: @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SearchFoldersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetPhotoEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SetPhotoEnabled parameter specifies whether users can add, change, and remove their sender photo in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetPhotoURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SetPhotoURL parameter specifies the location (URL) of user photos. The default value of this parameter is blank ($null). @@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SignaturesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SignaturesEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the use of signatures in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SilverlightEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SMimeEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpellCheckerEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TasksEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TasksEnabled parameter specifies whether Tasks folder is available in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2441,7 +2441,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TextMessagingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TextMessagingEnabled parameter specifies whether users can send and receive text messages in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ThemeSelectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ThemeSelectionEnabled parameter specifies whether users can change the theme in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UMIntegrationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UMIntegrationEnabled parameter specifies whether Unified Messaging (UM) integration is enabled in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2510,7 +2510,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UNCAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UNCAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -2546,7 +2546,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseGB18030 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UseGB18030 parameter specifies whether to use the GB18030 character set instead of GB2312 in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseISO885915 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UseISO885915 parameter specifies whether to use the character set ISO8859-15 instead of ISO8859-1 in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserContextTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UserContextTimeout parameter specifies the time-out setting in minutes for a user context object. This parameter doesn't limit public and private forms-based authentication time-out settings. @@ -2608,7 +2608,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -VirtualDirectoryType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WacEditingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WacEditingEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable editing documents in Outlook on the web by using Office Online Server (formerly known as Office Web Apps Server and Web Access Companion Server). Valid values are: @@ -2647,7 +2647,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WacViewingOnPrivateComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WacViewingOnPrivateComputersEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable web viewing of supported Office documents private computer sessions in Office Online Server (formerly known as Office Web Apps Server and Web Access Companion Server). By default, all Outlook on the web sessions are considered to be on private computers. Valid values are: @@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WacViewingOnPublicComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WacViewingOnPublicComputersEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable web viewing of supported Office documents in public computer sessions in Office Online Server. Valid values are: @@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WebPartsFrameOptionsType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WebPartsFrameOptionsType parameter specifies what sources can access web parts in IFRAME or FRAME elements in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -2923,7 +2923,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WindowsAuthentication parameter enables or disables Integrated Windows authentication on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -2944,7 +2944,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WSSAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -2962,7 +2962,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WSSAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PartnerApplication.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PartnerApplication.md index 5be97a4965..85dddd2094 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PartnerApplication.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PartnerApplication.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ This example refreshes the auth metadata for the HRApp partner application. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Identity parameter specifies the partner application you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the partner application. For example: @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptSecurityIdentifierInformation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AcceptSecurityIdentifierInformation parameter specifies whether Exchange should accept security identifiers (SIDs) from another trusted Active Directory forest for the partner application. By default, new partner applications are configured to not accept SIDs from another forest. If you're in deployment with a trusted forest, set the parameter to $true. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AccountType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AccountType parameter specifies the type of Microsoft account that's required for the partner application. Valid values are: @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActAsPermissions -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ActAsPermissions parameter specifies the delegate permissions that are allowed for the partner application. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplicationIdentifier -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ApplicationIdentifier parameter specifies a unique application identifier for the partner application that uses an authorization server. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthMetadataUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Enabled parameter specifies whether the partner application is enabled. By default, new partner applications are enabled. Set the parameter to $false to create the application configuration in a disabled state. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkedAccount -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The LinkedAccount parameter specifies a linked Active Directory user account for the application. Exchange evaluates Role Based Access Control (RBAC) permissions for the linked account when authorizing a token used to perform a task. @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies a new name for the partner application. @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Realm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RefreshAuthMetadata -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustAnySSLCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PendingFederatedDomain.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PendingFederatedDomain.md index 2024688f5a..92a82fcef1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PendingFederatedDomain.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PendingFederatedDomain.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example adds the pending domains contoso.com and sales.contoso.com to the e ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PendingAccountNamespace -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PendingAccountNamespace parameter specifies the pending domain that's used as the account namespace for the federation trust. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PendingDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PendingDomains parameter specifies the pending federated domains that are configured for the federation trust. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PolicyTipConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PolicyTipConfig.md index 75a9554dd4..8bf4dd3de8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PolicyTipConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PolicyTipConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example replaces the text of all custom Spanish Policy Tips with the value, ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the custom Policy Tip you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the custom Policy Tip. For example: @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Value -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Value parameter specifies the text that's displayed by the Policy Tip. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PopSettings.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PopSettings.md index 0f07bd405a..38da595909 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PopSettings.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PopSettings.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ This example specifies the certificate that contains mail.contoso.com is used to ### -AuthenticatedConnectionTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AuthenticatedConnectionTimeout parameter specifies the time to wait before closing an idle authenticated connection. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Banner -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Banner parameter specifies the text string that's displayed to connecting POP3 clients. The default value is: The Microsoft Exchange POP3 service is ready. @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CalendarItemRetrievalOption -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CalendarItemRetrievalOption parameter specifies how calendar items are presented to POP3 clients. Valid values are: @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableExactRFC822Size -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EnableExactRFC822Size parameter specifies how message sizes are presented to POP3 clients. Valid values are: @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableGSSAPIAndNTLMAuth -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EnableGSSAPIAndNTLMAuth parameter specifies whether connections can use Integrated Windows authentication (NTLM) by using the Generic Security Services application programming interface (GSSAPI). This setting applies to connections where Transport Layer Security (TLS) is disabled. Valid values are: @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnforceCertificateErrors -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EnforceCertificateErrors parameter specifies whether to enforce Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) certificate validation failures. Valid values are: @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionPolicy parameter specifies how Extended Protection for Authentication is used for POP3 connections. Valid values are: @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalConnectionSettings -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalConnectionSettings parameter specifies the host name, port, and encryption method that's used by external POP3 clients (POP3 connections from outside your corporate network). @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalConnectionSettings -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalConnectionSettings parameter specifies the host name, port, and encryption method that's used by internal POP3 clients (POP3 connections from inside your corporate network). This setting is also used when a POP3 connection is forwarded to another Exchange server that's running the Microsoft Exchange POP3 service. @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogFileLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LogFileLocation parameter specifies the location for the POP3 protocol log files. The default location is%ExchangeInstallPath%Logging\\Pop3. @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogFileRollOverSettings -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LogFileRollOverSettings parameter defines how frequently POP3 protocol logging creates a new log file. Valid values are: @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LoginType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LoginType parameter specifies the authentication method for POP3 connections. Valid values are: @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogPerFileSizeQuota -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LogPerFileSizeQuota parameter specifies the maximum size of a POP3 protocol log file. @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxCommandSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxCommandSize parameter specifies the maximum size in bytes of a single POP3 command. Valid values are from 40 through 1024. The default value is 512. @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConnectionFromSingleIP -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConnectionFromSingleIP parameter specifies the maximum number of POP3 connections that are accepted by the Exchange server from a single IP address. Valid values are from 1 through 2147483647. The default value is 2147483647. @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConnections -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConnections parameter specifies the maximum number of POP3 connections that are accepted by the Exchange server. Valid values are from 1 through 2147483647. The default value is 2147483647. @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConnectionsPerUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConnectionsPerUser parameter specifies the maximum number of POP3 connections that are allowed for each user. Valid values are from 1 through 2147483647. The default value is 16. @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageRetrievalMimeFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageRetrievalMimeFormat parameter specifies the MIME encoding of messages. Valid values are: @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageRetrievalSortOrder -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageRetrievalSortOrder parameter specifies how retrieved messages are sorted. Valid values are: @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaServerUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaServerUrl parameter specifies the URL that's used to retrieve calendar information for instances of custom Outlook on the web calendar items. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PreAuthenticatedConnectionTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PreAuthenticatedConnectionTimeout parameter specifies the time to wait before closing an idle POP3 connection that isn't authenticated. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProtocolLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ProtocolLogEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable protocol logging for POP3. Valid values are: @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProxyTargetPort -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ProxyTargetPort parameter specifies the port on the Microsoft Exchange POP3 Backend service that listens for client connections that are proxied from the Microsoft Exchange POP3 service. The default value is 1995. @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Server -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Server parameter specifies the Exchange server where you want to run this command. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SSLBindings -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SSLBindings parameter specifies the IP address and TCP port that's used for an POP3 connection that's always encrypted by SSL/TLS. This parameter uses the syntax `IPv4OrIPv6Address:Port`. @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SuppressReadReceipt -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SuppressReadReceipt parameter specifies whether to stop duplicate read receipts from being sent to POP3 clients that have the Send read receipts for messages I send setting configured in their POP3 email program. Valid values are: @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UnencryptedOrTLSBindings -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UnencryptedOrTLSBindings parameter specifies the IP address and TCP port that's used for unencrypted POP3 connections, or POP3 connections that are encrypted by using opportunistic TLS (STARTTLS) after the initial unencrypted protocol handshake. This parameter uses the syntax `IPv4OrIPv6Address:Port`. @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -X509CertificateName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The X509CertificateName parameter specifies the certificate that's used for encrypting POP3 client connections. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PowerShellVirtualDirectory.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PowerShellVirtualDirectory.md index 955bf80c98..bf18ace465 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PowerShellVirtualDirectory.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PowerShellVirtualDirectory.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This example modifies the external URL of the Contoso Windows PowerShell virtual ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the PowerShell virtual directory that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the virtual directory. For example: @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BasicAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BasicAuthentication parameter specifies whether Basic authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CertificateAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CertificateAuthentication parameter specifies whether certificate authentication is enabled on the Windows PowerShell virtual directory. The valid values are $true and $false. The default value is $false. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionFlags -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionFlags parameter specifies custom settings for Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionSPNList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionSPNList parameter specifies a list of valid Service Principal Names (SPNs) if you're using Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionTokenChecking -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionTokenChecking parameter defines how you want to use Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Extended Protection for Authentication isn't enabled by default. Valid values are: @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalURL parameter specifies the URL that's used to connect to the virtual directory from outside the firewall. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalURL parameter specifies the URL that's used to connect to the virtual directory from inside the firewall. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSSL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RequireSSL parameter specifies whether the Windows PowerShell virtual directory should require that the client connection be made using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). The valid values are $true and $false. The default value is $true. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WindowsAuthentication parameter specifies whether Integrated Windows authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolder.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolder.md index 1482cb835f..637254fa24 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolder.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolder.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ In Exchange 2010, this example sets the folder to replicate only on weekends. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the name and path of the public folder you want to modify. A valid value uses the format: `\Level1\Level2\...\LevenN\PublicFolder`. For example, `"\Customer Discussion"` or `"\Engineering\Customer Discussion"`. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgeLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AgeLimit parameter specifies the overall age limit on the folder. Items that reach the age limit are deleted from the public folder. Replicas of this public folder are automatically deleted when the age limit is exceeded. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EformsLocaleId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The EformsLocaleId parameter specifies the locale-specific version of the e-forms library. The valid input for the EformsLocaleId parameter is the string names listed in the Culture Name column in the Microsoft .NET Class Library class reference available at [CultureInfo Class](https://learn.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.globalization.cultureinfo). @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IssueWarningQuota -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The IssueWarningQuota parameter specifies the public folder size that triggers a warning to public folder owners stating that the folder is almost full. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The MailEnabled parameter specifies that the public folder is mail-enabled. To do this, you use the value $true. @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailRecipientGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The MailRecipientGuid parameter specifies the MailRecipientGuid value of the public folder. You use this parameter to correct a mail-enabled public folder that lost its MailRecipientGuid value. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxItemSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The MaxItemSize parameter specifies the maximum size for posted items. Items larger than the value of the MaxItemSize parameter are rejected. The default value is unlimited, which is 2 gigabytes. When you enter a value, qualify the value with one of the following units: @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies the name for the public folder. @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OverrideContentMailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Path -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Path parameter specifies the path of the public folder, for example, \\TopLevelPublicFolder\\PublicFolder. @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PerUserReadStateEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The PerUserReadStateEnabled parameter specifies whether to maintain read and unread data on a per-user basis. @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProhibitPostQuota -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ProhibitPostQuota parameter specifies the size of a public folder at which users are notified that the public folder is full. Users can't post to a folder whose size is larger than the ProhibitPostQuota parameter value. The default value is unlimited, which is 2 terabytes. @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetainDeletedItemsFor -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RetainDeletedItemsFor parameter specifies the retention time for deleted items. @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolderMigrationRequest.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolderMigrationRequest.md index a2c4eedfb8..e02fbe8c83 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolderMigrationRequest.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolderMigrationRequest.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ProvisioningAndMigration-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This example changes the setting of the PublicFolderMigration migration request ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the migration request that you want to modify. You can use the following values: @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RehomeRequest -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RehomeRequest switch tells the Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Replication service (MRS) that the request needs to be moved to the same database as the public folder that's being migrated. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptLargeDataLoss -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AcceptLargeDataLoss switch specifies the request should continue even if a large number of items in the source mailbox can't be copied to the target mailbox. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BadItemLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BadItemLimit parameter specifies the maximum number of bad items that are allowed before the request fails. A bad item is a corrupt item in the source mailbox that can't be copied to the target mailbox. Also included in the bad item limit are missing items. Missing items are items in the source mailbox that can't be found in the target mailbox when the request is ready to complete. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BatchName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BatchName parameter specifies a descriptive name for the public folder batch migration. You can use the BatchName parameter as a search string when you use the Get-PublicFolderMigrationRequest cmdlet. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CompletedRequestAgeLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CompletedRequestAgeLimit parameter specifies how long the request is kept after it has completed before being automatically removed. The default CompletedRequestAgeLimit parameter value is 30 days. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalFlags -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalFlags parameter specifies the optional steps in the request. This parameter is used primarily for debugging purposes. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LargeItemLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LargeItemLimit parameter specifies the maximum number of large items that are allowed before the request fails. A large item is a message in the source mailbox that exceeds the maximum message size that's allowed in the target mailbox. If the target mailbox doesn't have a specifically configured maximum message size value, the organization-wide value is used. @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PreventCompletion -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PreventCompletion parameter specifies whether to run the migration request, but not allow it to complete. Valid values are: @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Priority parameter specifies the order in which the request should be processed in the request queue. Requests are processed in order, based on server health, status, priority, and last update time. Valid priority values are: @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestExpiryInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RequestExpiryInterval parameter specifies an age limit for a completed or failed request. When you use this parameter, the completed or failed request is automatically removed after the specified interval expires. If you don't use this parameter: @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SkipMerging -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SkipMerging parameter specifies whether certain stages of a migration are to be skipped for debugging purposes. Don't use this parameter unless directed to do so by Microsoft Customer Service and Support or specific documentation. @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolderMoveRequest.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolderMoveRequest.md index d1e95ab4b5..a38c57d131 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolderMoveRequest.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PublicFolderMoveRequest.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ProvisioningAndMigration-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example changes the public folder move request \\PublicFolderMove to accept ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the public folder move request. The default identity of a public folder move request is \\PublicFolderMove. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptLargeDataLoss -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AcceptLargeDataLoss switch specifies the request should continue even if a large number of items in the source mailbox can't be copied to the target mailbox. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BadItemLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BadItemLimit parameter specifies the maximum number of bad items that are allowed before the request fails. A bad item is a corrupt item in the source mailbox that can't be copied to the target mailbox. Also included in the bad item limit are missing items. Missing items are items in the source mailbox that can't be found in the target mailbox when the request is ready to complete. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CompletedRequestAgeLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CompletedRequestAgeLimit parameter specifies how long the request is kept after it has completed before being automatically removed. The default CompletedRequestAgeLimit parameter value is 30 days. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalFlags -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalFlags parameter specifies the optional steps in the request. This parameter is used primarily for debugging purposes. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LargeItemLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LargeItemLimit parameter specifies the maximum number of large items that are allowed before the request fails. A large item is a message in the source mailbox that exceeds the maximum message size that's allowed in the target mailbox. If the target mailbox doesn't have a specifically configured maximum message size value, the organization-wide value is used. @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Priority parameter specifies the order in which the request should be processed in the request queue. Requests are processed in order, based on server health, status, priority, and last update time. Valid priority values are: @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestExpiryInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RequestExpiryInterval parameter specifies an age limit for a completed or failed request. When you use this parameter, the completed or failed request is automatically removed after the specified interval expires. If you don't use this parameter: @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SuspendWhenReadyToComplete -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SuspendWhenReadyToComplete parameter specifies whether to suspend the request before it reaches the status of CompletionInProgress. After the move is suspended, it has a status of AutoSuspended. You can then manually complete the move by using the Resume-PublicFolderMoveRequest command. @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ReceiveConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ReceiveConnector.md index c84552f4b2..9ac0a5b89e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ReceiveConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ReceiveConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Configures the Receive connector to time out connections after 15 minutes. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the Receive connector that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Receive connector. For example: @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdvertiseClientSettings -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AdvertiseClientSettings parameter specifies whether the SMTP server name, port number, and authentication settings for the Receive connector are displayed to users in the options of Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthMechanism -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AuthMechanism parameter specifies the advertised and accepted authentication mechanisms for the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthTarpitInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AuthTarpitInterval parameter specifies the period of time to delay responses to failed authentication attempts from remote servers that might be abusing the connection. The default value is 5 seconds. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Banner -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Banner parameter specifies a custom SMTP 220 banner that's displayed to remote messaging servers that connect to the Receive connector. When you specify a value, enclose the value in quotation marks, and start the value with 220 (the default "Service ready" SMTP response code). @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BareLinefeedRejectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BareLinefeedRejectionEnabled parameter specifies whether this Receive connector rejects messages that contain line feed (LF) characters without immediately preceding carriage return characters (CR) in the SMTP DATA stream. This condition is known as bare line feeds. Valid values are: @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BinaryMimeEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BinaryMimeEnabled parameter specifies whether the BINARYMIME Extended SMTP extension is enabled or disabled on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Bindings -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Bindings parameter specifies the local IP address and TCP port number that's used by the Receive connector. This parameter uses the syntax `"IPv4Address:TCPPort","IPv6Address:TCPPort"`. You can specify an IPv4 address and port, an IPv6 address and port, or both. The IP address values 0.0.0.0 or `[::]` indicate that the Receive connector uses all available local IPv4 or all IPv6 addresses. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ChunkingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ChunkingEnabled parameter specifies whether the CHUNKING Extended SMTP extension is enabled or disabled on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectionInactivityTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectionInactivityTimeout parameter specifies the maximum amount of idle time before a connection to the Receive connector is closed. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectionTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectionTimeout parameter specifies the maximum time that the connection to the Receive connector can remain open, even if the connection is actively transmitting data. @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DefaultDomain parameter specifies the default accepted domain to use for the Exchange organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the accepted domain. For example: @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeliveryStatusNotificationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DeliveryStatusNotificationEnabled parameter specifies whether the DSN (delivery status notification) Extended SMTP extension is enabled or disabled on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainSecureEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainSecureEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable mutual Transport Layer Security (TLS) authentication (also known as Domain Secure) for the domains that are serviced by the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EightBitMimeEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EightBitMimeEnabled parameter specifies whether the 8BITMIME Extended SMTP extension is enabled or disabled on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableAuthGSSAPI -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EnableAuthGSSAPI parameter enables or disables Kerberos when Integrated Windows authentication is available on the Receive connector (the AuthMechanism parameter contains the value Integrated). Valid values are: @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnhancedStatusCodesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EnhancedStatusCodesEnabled parameter specifies whether the ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES Extended SMTP extension is enabled or disabled on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionPolicy parameter specifies how you want to use Extended Protection for Authentication on the Receive connector.Valid values are: @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Fqdn -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Fqdn parameter specifies the destination FQDN that's shown to connected messaging servers. This value is used in the following locations: @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LongAddressesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LongAddressesEnabled parameter specifies whether the Receive connector accepts long X.400 email addresses. The X.400 email addresses are encapsulated in SMTP email addresses by using the Internet Mail Connector Encapsulated Address (IMCEA) encapsulation method. Valid values are: @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxAcknowledgementDelay -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter isn't used by Exchange Server 2016. It's used only by Exchange 2010 servers in coexistence environments. @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxHeaderSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxHeaderSize parameter specifies the maximum size of the SMTP message header before the Receive connector closes the connection. The default value is 256 kilobytes (262144 bytes). @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxHopCount -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxHopCount parameter specifies the maximum number of hops that a message can take before the message is rejected by the Receive connector. The maximum number of hops is determined by the number of Received header fields that exist in a submitted message. @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxInboundConnection -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxInboundConnection parameter specifies the maximum number of inbound connections that this Receive connector serves at the same time. @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxInboundConnectionPercentagePerSource -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxInboundConnectionPercentagePerSource parameter specifies the maximum number of connections that a Receive connector serves at the same time from a single IP address, expressed as the percentage of available remaining connections on a Receive connector. @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxInboundConnectionPerSource -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxInboundConnectionPerSource parameter specifies the maximum number of connections that this Receive connector serves at the same time from a single IP address. @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxLocalHopCount -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxLocalHopCount parameter specifies the maximum number of local hops that a message can take before the message is rejected by the Receive connector. The maximum number of local hops is determined by the number of Received headers with local server addresses in a submitted message. @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxLogonFailures -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxLogonFailures parameter specifies the number of logon failures that the Receive connector retries before it closes the connection. @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxMessageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxMessageSize parameter specifies the maximum size of a message that's allowed through the Receive connector. The default value is 36 MB, which results in a realistic maximum message size of 25 MB. @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxProtocolErrors -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxProtocolErrors parameter specifies the maximum number of SMTP protocol errors that the Receive connector accepts before closing the connection. @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxRecipientsPerMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxRecipientsPerMessage parameter specifies the maximum number of recipients per message that the Receive connector accepts before closing the connection. @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageRateLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageRateLimit parameter specifies the maximum number of messages that can be sent by a single client IP address per minute. @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageRateSource -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageRateSource parameter specifies how the message submission rate is calculated. Valid values are: @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the Receive connector. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrarEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OrarEnabled parameter enables or disables Originator Requested Alternate Recipient (ORAR) on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionGroups -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PermissionGroups parameter specifies the well-known security principals who are authorized to use the Receive connector and the permissions that are assigned to them. Valid values are: @@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PipeliningEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PipeliningEnabled parameter specifies whether the PIPELINING Extended SMTP extension is enabled or disabled on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProtocolLoggingLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ProtocolLoggingLevel parameter specifies whether to enable or disable protocol logging for the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectReservedSecondLevelRecipientDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RejectReservedSecondLevelRecipientDomains parameter specifies whether to reject connections that contain recipients in reserved second-level domains as specified in RFC 2606 (example.com, example.net, or example.org). Valid value are: @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectReservedTopLevelRecipientDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RejectReservedTopLevelRecipientDomains parameter specifies whether to reject connections that contain recipients in reserved top-level domains (TLDs) as specified in RFC 2606 (.test, .example, .invalid, or .localhost). Valid value are: @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectSingleLabelRecipientDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RejectSingleLabelRecipientDomains parameter specifies whether to reject connections that contain recipients in single-label domains (for example, chris@contoso instead of chris@contoso.com). Valid values are: @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoteIPRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RemoteIPRanges parameter specifies the remote IP addresses that the Receive connector accepts messages from. Valid values are: @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireEHLODomain -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RequireEHLODomain parameter specifies whether the client must provide a domain name in the EHLO handshake after the SMTP connection is established. Valid values are: @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireTLS -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RequireTLS parameter specifies whether to require TLS transmission for inbound messages on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServiceDiscoveryFqdn -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ServiceDiscoveryFqdn parameter specifies the service discovery fully-qualified domain name (FQDN). for the Receive connector. @@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SizeEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SizeEnabled parameter specifies how the SIZE Extended SMTP extension is used on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpUtf8Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SuppressXAnonymousTls -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SuppressXAnonymousTls parameter specifies whether the X-ANONYMOUSTLS Extended SMTP extension is enabled or disabled on the Receive connector. Valid values are: @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TarpitInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TarpitInterval parameter specifies the period of time to delay an SMTP response to a remote server that might be abusing the connection. The default value is 00:00:05 (5 seconds). @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsCertificateName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TlsCertificateName parameter specifies the X.509 certificate to use for TLS encryption. A valid value for this parameter is `"X.500IssuerX.500Subject"`. The X.500Issuer value is found in the certificate's Issuer field, and the X.500Subject value is found in the certificate's Subject field. You can find these values by running the Get-ExchangeCertificate cmdlet. Or, after you run Get-ExchangeCertificate to find the thumbprint value of the certificate, run the command `$TLSCert = Get-ExchangeCertificate -Thumbprint `, run the command `$TLSCertName = "$($TLSCert.Issuer)$($TLSCert.Subject)"` and then use the value $TLSCertName for this parameter. @@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsDomainCapabilities -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TlsDomainCapabilities parameter specifies the capabilities that the Receive connector makes available to specific hosts outside of the organization. Remote hosts are authenticated with TLS with certificate validation before these capabilities are offered. @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportRole -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TransportRole parameter specifies the transport service on the Mailbox server where the Receive connector is created. Valid values are: @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RecipientFilterConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RecipientFilterConfig.md index a2b2f7d24f..04a2802d81 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RecipientFilterConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RecipientFilterConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This example makes the following changes to the Recipient Filter agent configura ### -BlockedRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlockedRecipients parameter specifies one or more SMTP addresses. To enter multiple SMTP addresses, separate the addresses by using a comma. The maximum number of individual SMTP addresses that you can input is 800. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockListEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlockListEnabled parameter specifies whether the Recipient Filter agent blocks messages sent to recipients listed in the BlockedRecipients parameter. Valid input for the BlockListEnabled parameter is $true or $false. The default setting is $false. When the BlockListEnabled parameter is set to $true, the Recipient Filter agent blocks messages sent to recipients listed in the BlockedRecipients parameter. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Enabled parameter specifies whether the Recipient Filter agent is enabled on the computer on which you're running the command. Valid input for the Enabled parameter is $true or $false. The default setting is $true. When the Enabled parameter is set to $true, the Recipient Filter agent is enabled on the computer on which you're running the command. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalMailEnabled parameter specifies whether all messages received from unauthenticated connections by servers external to your organization are passed through the Recipient Filter agent for processing. Valid input for the ExternalMailEnabled parameter is $true or $false. The default setting is $true. When the ExternalMailEnabled parameter is set to $true, all messages received from unauthenticated connections by servers external to your organization are passed through the Recipient Filter agent for processing. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalMailEnabled parameter specifies whether all messages from authenticated sender domains that belong to authoritative domains in the enterprise are passed through the Recipient Filter agent for processing. Valid input for the InternalMailEnabled parameter is $true or $false. The default setting is $false. When the InternalMailEnabled parameter is set to $true, all messages from authenticated sender domains that belong to authoritative domains in the enterprise are passed through the Recipient Filter agent for processing. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientValidationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RecipientValidationEnabled parameter specifies whether the Recipient Filter agent blocks messages addressed to recipients that don't exist in the organization. Valid input for the RecipientValidationEnabled parameter is $true or $false. The default setting is $false. When the RecipientValidationEnabled parameter is set to $true, the Recipient Filter agent blocks messages addressed to recipients that don't exist in the organization. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteDomain.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteDomain.md index ed3e25485e..2dff3a4d90 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteDomain.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteDomain.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ This example queries Active Directory for all remote domains for which auto repl ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the remote domain that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the remote domain. For example: @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedOOFType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AllowedOOFType parameter specifies the type of automatic replies or out-of-office (also known as OOF) notifications than can be sent to recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoForwardEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AutoForwardEnabled parameter specifies whether to allow messages that are auto-forwarded by client email programs in your organization. Valid values are: @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoReplyEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AutoReplyEnabled parameter specifies whether to allow messages that are automatic replies from client email programs in your organization (for example, automatic reply messages that are generated by rules in Outlook). Valid values are: @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ByteEncoderTypeFor7BitCharsets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ByteEncoderTypeFor7BitCharsets parameter specifies the 7-bit transfer encoding method for MIME format for messages sent to this remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CharacterSet -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The CharacterSet parameter specifies a character set for MIME messages without defined character sets that are sent from your organization to recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContentType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ContentType parameter specifies the outbound message content type and formatting. Valid values are: @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeliveryReportEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The DeliveryReportEnabled parameter specifies whether to allow delivery reports from client software in your organization to recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplaySenderName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online **Note**: You should only modify this parameter under the direction of Microsoft Customer Service and Support. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsInternal -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The IsInternal parameter specifies whether the recipients in the remote domain are considered to be internal recipients. Valid values are: @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LineWrapSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The LineWrapSize parameter specifies the line-wrap size for messages to recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are an integer from 0 through 132 or the value to unlimited. The default value is unlimited. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MeetingForwardNotificationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The MeetingForwardNotificationEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable meeting forward notifications for recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageCountThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the remote domain object. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NDRDiagnosticInfoEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NDREnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The NDREnabled parameter specifies whether to allow non-delivery reports (also known NDRs or bounce messages) from your organization to recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NonMimeCharacterSet -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The NonMimeCharacterSet parameter specifies a character set for plain text messages without defined character sets that are sent from your organization to recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PreferredInternetCodePageForShiftJis -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The PreferredInternetCodePageForShiftJis parameter specifies the specific code page to use for Shift JIS character encoding in messages that are sent to recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequiredCharsetCoverage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RequiredCharsetCoverage parameter specifies a percentage threshold for characters in a message that must match to apply your organization's preferred character set before switching to automatic character set detection. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetDeliveryDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The TargetDeliveryDomain parameter specifies whether the remote domain is used in cross-forest deployments to generate target email addresses for new mail users that represent users in the other organization (for example, all mailboxes hosted on Exchange Online are represented as mail users in your on-premises organization). Valid values are: @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TNEFEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The TNEFEnabled parameter specifies whether Transport Neutral Encapsulation Format (TNEF) message encoding is used on messages sent to the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustedMailInboundEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The TrustedMailInboundEnabled parameter specifies whether messages from senders in the remote domain are treated as trusted messages. Valid values are: @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustedMailOutboundEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The TrustedMailOutboundEnabled parameter specifies whether messages sent to recipients in the remote domain are treated as trusted messages. Valid values are: @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseSimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The UseSimpleDisplayName parameter specifies whether the sender's simple display name is used for the From email address in messages sent to recipients in the remote domain. Valid values are: @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteMailbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteMailbox.md index c561807539..8d10964e6e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteMailbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RemoteMailbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ This example configures delivery restrictions for the mailbox in the service tha ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the remote mailbox (mail user) that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail user. For example: @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ACLableSyncedObjectEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ACLableSyncedObjectEnabled switch specifies whether the remote mailbox is an ACLableSyncedMailboxUser. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ArchiveGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ArchiveName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ArchiveName parameter specifies the name of the archive mailbox. This is the name displayed to users in Outlook on the web (formerly known as Outlook Web App). If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this moderated recipient without approval from a moderator. Valid values for this parameter are individual senders and groups in your organization. Specifying a group means all members of the group are allowed to send messages to this recipient without approval from a moderator. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute10 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute11 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute12 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute13 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute14 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute15 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute6 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute7 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute8 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute9 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name for the mail user. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center, address lists, and Outlook. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EmailAddresses parameter specifies all email addresses (proxy addresses) for the recipient, including the primary SMTP address. In on-premises Exchange organizations, the primary SMTP address and other proxy addresses are typically set by email address policies. However, you can use this parameter to configure other proxy addresses for the recipient. For more information, see [Email address policies in Exchange Server](https://learn.microsoft.com/Exchange/email-addresses-and-address-books/email-address-policies/email-address-policies). @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddressPolicyEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EmailAddressPolicyEnabled parameter specifies whether to apply email address policies to this recipient. Valid values are: @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExchangeGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExchangeGuid parameter specifies the ExchangeGuid property value of the mail user, which should match the ExchangeGuid value of the corresponding cloud mailbox. @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter specifies whether this recipient is visible in address lists. Valid values are: @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreDefaultScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IgnoreDefaultScope switch tells the command to ignore the default recipient scope setting for the Exchange PowerShell session, and to use the entire forest as the scope. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ImmutableId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ImmutableId parameter is used by GAL synchronization (GALSync) and specifies a unique and immutable identifier in the form of an SMTP address for an Exchange mailbox used for federated delegation when requesting Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) tokens. If federation is configured for this mailbox and you don't set this parameter when you create the mailbox, Exchange creates the value for the immutable ID based upon the mailbox's ExchangeGUID and the federated account namespace, for example, 7a78e7c8-620e-4d85-99d3-c90d90f29699@mail.contoso.com. @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTip -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MailTip parameter specifies the custom MailTip text for this recipient. The MailTip is shown to senders when they start drafting an email message to this recipient. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipTranslations -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MailTipTranslations parameter specifies additional languages for the custom MailTip text that's defined by the MailTip parameter. HTML tags are automatically added to the MailTip translation, additional HTML tags aren't supported, and the length of the MailTip translation can't exceed 175 displayed characters. @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the mail user. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. You can't use the EmailAddresses and PrimarySmtpAddress parameters in the same command. @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecoverableItemsQuota -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RecoverableItemsQuota parameter specifies the maximum size for the Recoverable Items folder of the mailbox. If the Recoverable Items folder reaches or exceeds this size, it no longer accepts messages. @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecoverableItemsWarningQuota -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RecoverableItemsWarningQuota parameter specifies the warning threshold for the size of the Recoverable Items folder for the mailbox. If the Recoverable Items folder reaches or exceeds this size, Exchange logs an event to the application event log. @@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RejectMessagesFrom parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RejectMessagesFromDLMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoteRoutingAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RemoteRoutingAddress parameter specifies the SMTP address of the mailbox in the service that's associated with this mail user. @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemovePicture -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RemovePicture switch removes the picture from the mail user. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveSpokenName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RemoveSpokenName switch removes the spoken name from the mail user. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResetPasswordOnNextLogon -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ResetPasswordOnNextLogon parameter specifies whether the user must change their password the next time they log on. Valid values are: @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SamAccountName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SamAccountName parameter (also known as the pre-Windows 2000 user account or group name) specifies an object identifier that's compatible with older versions of Microsoft Windows client and server operating systems. The value can contain letters, numbers, spaces, periods (.), and the following characters: !, #, $, %, ^, &, -, \_, {, }, and ~. The last character can't be a period. Unicode characters are allowed, but accented characters might generate collisions (for example, o and ö match). The maximum length is 20 characters. @@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Type parameter specifies the type for the mailbox in the service. Valid values are: @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserPrincipalName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UserPrincipalName parameter specifies the logon name for the user account. The UPN uses an email address format: `username@domain`. Typically, the domain value is the domain where the user account resides. @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResourceConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResourceConfig.md index 5c934191af..b47989e46f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResourceConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResourceConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example adds the custom resource property Room/TV and removes Equipment/Lap ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResourcePropertySchema -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ResourcePropertySchema parameter specifies the custom resource property that you want to make available to room or equipment mailboxes. This parameter uses the syntax `Room/` or `Equipment/` where the `` value doesn't contain spaces. For example, `Room/Whiteboard` or `Equipment/Van`. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResubmitRequest.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResubmitRequest.md index ac27df96d6..6f968b3786 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResubmitRequest.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ResubmitRequest.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example disables the resubmit request with the identity 8. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the resubmit request you want to modify. Each resubmit request is identified by an incremented integer value. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Enabled parameter enables or disables an active resubmit request. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. Setting the value to $false disables the resubmit request. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Server -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Server parameter specifies the Exchange server where you want to run this command. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md index be27958761..28d1b59219 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ Set-RetentionPolicy "MyPolicy" -RetentionPolicyTagLinks "MyRetentionPolicyTag" This example modifies the policy MyPolicy to link the retention policy tag MyRetentionPolicyTag with it. -The Identity parameter is a positional parameter. Positional parameters can be used without the label (Identity). For more information about positional parameters, see [About Parameters](https://learn.microsoft.com/powershell/module/microsoft.powershell.core/about/about_parameters). +The Identity parameter is positional, which means you can use it without the -Identity label in the supported location in the command (in this case, first). For more information about positional parameters, see [About Parameters](https://learn.microsoft.com/powershell/module/microsoft.powershell.core/about/about_parameters). ## PARAMETERS ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Identity parameter specifies the name, distinguished name (DN), or GUID of the retention policy. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the retention policy. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetentionId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RetentionId parameter specifies the identity of the retention policy to make sure mailboxes moved between two Exchange organizations continue to have the same retention policy applied to them. For example, in a cross-forest deployment or in a cross-premises deployment, when a mailbox is moved from an on-premises Exchange server to the cloud, or a cloud-based mailbox is moved to an on-premises Exchange server, this parameter is used to make sure the same retention policy is applied to the mailbox. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetentionPolicyTagLinks -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RetentionPolicyTagLinks parameter specifies the identity of retention policy tags to associate with the retention policy. Mailboxes that get a retention policy applied have retention tags linked with that retention policy. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicyTag.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicyTag.md index cb2e87b762..b741d5fba9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicyTag.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicyTag.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ This example makes optional retention tags available to user Terry Adams using t ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the name, distinguished name (DN), or GUID of the retention policy tag to be modified. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Mailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Mailbox parameter specifies a mailbox for assigning opt-in tags. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgeLimitForRetention -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AgeLimitForRetention parameter specifies the age at which retention is enforced on an item. The age limit corresponds to the number of days from the date the item was delivered, or the date an item was created if it wasn't delivered. If this parameter isn't present and the RetentionEnabled parameter is set to $true, an error is returned. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Comment parameter specifies a comment for the retention policy tag. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LegacyManagedFolder -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The LegacyManagedFolder parameter specifies the name of a managed folder. The retention tag is created by using retention settings from the managed folder and its managed content settings. You can use this parameter to create retention tags based on existing managed folders to migrate users from managed folder mailbox policies to retention policies. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LocalizedComment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The LocalizedComment parameter specifies the localized comment and language for the retention policy tag. This comment is displayed in Microsoft Outlook based on the user's locale. @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LocalizedRetentionPolicyTagName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The LocalizedRetentionPolicyTagName parameter specifies a localized name for the retention policy tag. This name is displayed in Outlook based on the user's locale. @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageClass -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The MessageClass parameter specifies the message type to which the tag applies. If not specified, the default value is set to \*. @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MustDisplayCommentEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The MustDisplayCommentEnabled parameter specifies whether the comment can be hidden. The default value is $true. @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies the name of the retention policy tag. @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OptionalInMailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OptionalInMailbox parameter is used with the Mailbox parameter to assign personal tags to the mailbox. You can use this parameter to make available to a user a personal tag that isn't assigned to the retention policy applied to the specified mailbox. You can specify multiple personal tags separated by commas. @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetentionAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RetentionAction parameter specifies the action for the retention policy. Valid values are: @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetentionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RetentionEnabled parameter specifies whether the tag is enabled. When set to $false, the tag is disabled and no retention action is taken on messages that have the tag applied. @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetentionId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The RetentionId parameter specifies an alternate tag ID to ensure the retention tag found on mailbox items tagged in one Exchange organization matches the tag when the mailbox is moved to another Exchange organization (for example, in a cross-forest deployment or in a cross-premises deployment, when a mailbox is moved from an on-premises Exchange server to the cloud, or a cloud-based mailbox is moved to an on-premises Exchange server). @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SystemTag -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SystemTag parameter specifies whether the retention policy tag is created for internal Exchange functionality. @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md index c7e9c8a83c..dd117830db 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example changes the default assignment policy. New mailboxes or mailboxes m ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the name of the assignment policy to modify. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Description parameter specifies the description that's displayed when the role assignment policy is viewed using the Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The IsDefault switch makes the assignment policy the default assignment policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies the new name of the assignment policy. If the assignment policy name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). The maximum length of the name is 64 characters. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md index 085ea64b34..e67458b4f8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The first command retrieves the credentials using the Get-Credential cmdlet and ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection The Identity parameter specifies the name of the role group to modify. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkedDomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkedForeignGroup -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection The Description parameter specifies the description displayed when the role group is viewed using the Get-RoleGroup cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection The DisplayName parameter specifies the friendly name of the role group. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). This parameter has a maximum length of 256 characters. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkedCredential -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The ManagedBy parameter specifies the users or USG who can modify the configuration of a role group or add or remove members to or from a role group. The list you specify with this parameter overwrites the existing ManagedBy list. To add or remove individual role group managers, and for more information about modifying multivalued properties, see [Modifying multivalued properties](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/modifying-multivalued-properties-exchange-2013-help). @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection The Name parameter specifies the name of the role group. The name can contain up to 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RpcClientAccess.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RpcClientAccess.md index 0a9bafb950..f89351c27e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RpcClientAccess.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RpcClientAccess.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ This example prevents Outlook Anywhere connections by Outlook 2013 clients that ### -Server -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Server parameter specifies the Client Access server where you want to run this command. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedClientVersions -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlockedClientVersions parameter specifies the RPC client versions that aren't allowed to connect to the specified Exchange server. For example, the Microsoft Exchange RPC Client Access service rejects an Outlook Anywhere connection if the version of Outlook is the specified value, or is in the specified range. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionRequired -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EncryptionRequired parameter specifies whether encryption is required for RPC client connections. Valid values are: @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaximumConnections -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaximumConnections parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent client connections that are allowed by the Microsoft Exchange RPC Client Access service. The default value is 65536. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies the name of the configuration object in Active Directory. By default, this parameter is set to RpcClientAccess. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SearchDocumentFormat.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SearchDocumentFormat.md index 71bbfc94b9..fe00863c4d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SearchDocumentFormat.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SearchDocumentFormat.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This command disables the Zip file format for indexing by Exchange Search. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the file format. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Enabled parameter specifies whether the file format is enabled. Set the parameter to $false to disable the format for content indexing. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Server -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Server parameter specifies the Exchange server where you want to run this command. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SendConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SendConnector.md index 0bf6785c3c..1fa5337f50 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SendConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SendConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ This example makes the following configuration changes to the Send connector nam ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The GUID or connector name that represents the Send connector you want to modify. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddressSpaces -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AddressSpaces parameter specifies the domain names to which the Send connector routes mail. The complete syntax for entering each address space is: `AddressSpaceType:AddressSpace;AddressSpaceCost`. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthenticationCredential -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AuthenticationCredential parameter specifies the username and password that's required to use the connector. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CloudServicesMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE **Note**: We recommend that you don't use this parameter unless you are directed to do so by Microsoft Customer Service and Support, or by specific product documentation. Instead, use the Hybrid Configuration wizard to configure mail flow between your on-premises and cloud organizations. For more information, see [Hybrid Configuration wizard](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/hybrid-configuration-wizard). @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE TheComment parameter specifies an optional comment. You must enclose the Comment parameter in quotation marks ("), for example: "this is an admin note". @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectorType parameter specifies whether the connector is used in hybrid deployments to send messages to Microsoft 365. Valid values are: @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectionInactivityTimeOut -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectionInactivityTimeOut parameter specifies the maximum time an idle connection can remain open. The default value is ten minutes. @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DNSRoutingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DNSRoutingEnabled parameter specifies whether the Send connector uses Domain Name System (DNS) to route mail. Valid values for this parameter are $true or $false. The default value is $true. If you specify a SmartHosts parameter, the DNSRoutingEnabled parameter must be $false. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainSecureEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainSecureEnabled parameter is part of the process to enable mutual Transport Layer Security (TLS) authentication for the domains serviced by this Send connector. Mutual TLS authentication functions correctly only when the following conditions are met: @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable the Send connector to process email messages. Valid values are $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ErrorPolicies -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ErrorPolicies parameter specifies how communication errors are treated. Possible values are the following: @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceHELO -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForceHELO parameter specifies whether HELO is sent instead of the default EHLO. Valid values are $true or $false. The default value is $false. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Fqdn -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Fqdn parameter specifies the FQDN used as the source server for connected messaging servers that use the Send connector to receive outgoing messages. The value of this parameter is displayed to connected messaging servers whenever a source server name is required, as in the following examples: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FrontendProxyEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The FrontendProxyEnabled parameter routes outbound messages through the CAS server, where destination specific routing, such as DNS or IP address, is set, when the parameter is set to $true. @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreSTARTTLS -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IgnoreSTARTTLS parameter specifies whether to ignore the StartTLS option offered by a remote sending server. This parameter is used with remote domains. This parameter must be set to $false if the RequireTLS parameter is set to $true. Valid values for this parameter are $true or $false. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsScopedConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IsScopedConnector parameter specifies the availability of the connector to other Mailbox servers with the Transport service. When the value of this parameter is $false, the connector can be used by all Mailbox servers in the Exchange organization. When the value of this parameter is $true, the connector can only be used by Transport service on Mailbox servers in the same Active Directory site. The default value is $false. @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxMessageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxMessageSize parameter specifies the maximum size of a message that can pass through a connector. The default value is 25 MB. @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies the administrator-supplied name of the connector. You must enclose the Name parameter in quotation marks (") if the name contains spaces. For example, "New Send Connector". @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Port -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Port parameter specifies the port number for smart host forwarding, if you specify a value in the SmartHosts parameter. The valid input range is an integer from 0 through 65535. The default value is 25. In most organizations, the port number is set to 25. @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProtocolLoggingLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ProtocolLoggingLevel parameter specifies whether to enable protocol logging. Verbose enables protocol logging. None disables protocol logging. The location of the Send connector protocol logs for all Send connectors configured in the Transport service on a Mailbox server or on an Edge server is specified with the SendProtocolLogPath parameter of the Set-TransportService cmdlet. @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireOorg -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireTLS -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RequireTLS parameter specifies whether all messages sent through this connector must be transmitted using TLS. The default value is $false. @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmartHostAuthMechanism -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SmartHostAuthMechanism parameter specifies the smart host authentication mechanism to use for authentication with a remote server. Use this parameter only when a smart host is configured and the DNSRoutingEnabled parameter is set to $false. Valid values are None, BasicAuth, BasicAuthRequireTLS, ExchangeServer, and ExternalAuthoritative. All values are mutually exclusive. If you select BasicAuth or BasicAuthRequireTLS, you must use the AuthenticationCredential parameter to specify the authentication credential. @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmartHosts -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SmartHosts parameter specifies the smart hosts the Send connector uses to route mail. This parameter is required if you set the DNSRoutingEnabled parameter to $false and it must be specified on the same command line. The SmartHosts parameter takes one or more FQDNs, such as server.contoso.com, or one or more IP addresses, or a combination of both FQDNs and IP addresses. If you enter an IP address, you must enter the IP address as a literal. For example, 10.10.1.1. The smart host identity can be the FQDN of a smart-host server, a mail exchanger (MX) record, or an address (A) record. If you configure an FQDN as the smart host identity, the source server for the Send connector must be able to use DNS name resolution to locate the smart-host server. @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpMaxMessagesPerConnection -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SmtpMaxMessagesPerConnection parameter specifies the maximum number of messages the server can send per connection. @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SourceIPAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SourceIPAddress parameter specifies the local IP address to use as the endpoint for an SMTP connection to a remote messaging server. The default IP address is 0.0.0.0. This value means that the server can use any available local IP address. This parameter is valid only for Send connectors configured on an Edge server. @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SourceTransportServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SourceTransportServers parameter specifies the names of the Mailbox servers that can use this Send connector. This parameter isn't valid for Send connectors configured on an Edge server. @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsAuthLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TlsAuthLevel parameter specifies the TLS authentication level that is used for outbound TLS connections established by this Send connector. Valid values are: @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsCertificateName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TlsCertificateName parameter specifies the X.509 certificate to use for TLS encryption. A valid value for this parameter is `"X.500IssuerX.500Subject"`. The X.500Issuer value is found in the certificate's Issuer field, and the X.500Subject value is found in the certificate's Subject field. You can find these values by running the Get-ExchangeCertificate cmdlet. Or, after you run Get-ExchangeCertificate to find the thumbprint value of the certificate, run the command `$TLSCert = Get-ExchangeCertificate -Thumbprint `, run the command `$TLSCertName = "$($TLSCert.Issuer)$($TLSCert.Subject)"`, and then use the value $TLSCertName for this parameter. @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TlsDomain parameter specifies the domain name that the Send connector uses to verify the FQDN of the target certificate when establishing a TLS secured connection. @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseExternalDNSServersEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UseExternalDNSServersEnabled parameter specifies whether this Send connector uses the external DNS list specified by the ExternalDNSServers parameter of the Set-TransportService cmdlet. The default value is $false. @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderFilterConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderFilterConfig.md index dd199ee3db..e5828cb5d1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderFilterConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderFilterConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ It adds user1@contoso.com and user2@contoso.com to the blocked senders list with ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Action parameter specifies the action that the Sender Filter agent takes on messages from blocked senders or domains. Valid input for this parameter is StampStatus or Reject. The default value is Reject. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlankSenderBlockingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlankSenderBlockingEnabled parameter blocks or allows messages that don't contain a sender value in the SMTP command MAIL FROM. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $false. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlockedDomains parameter specifies the domain names to block. When the Sender Filter agent encounters a message from a domain on this list, the Sender Filter agent takes the action specified by the Action parameter. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedDomainsAndSubdomains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlockedDomainsAndSubdomains parameter specifies the domain names to block. When the Sender Filter agent encounters a message from a domain on this list, or from any of the domain's subdomains, the Sender Filter agent takes the action specified by the Action parameter. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedSenders -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BlockedSenders parameter specifies one or more SMTP email addresses to block. When the Sender Filter agent encounters a message from a sender on this list, the Sender Filter agent takes the action specified by the Action parameter. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Enabled parameter enables or disables sender filtering on your Exchange server. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalMailEnabled parameter enables or disables sender filtering on unauthenticated connections from external messaging servers. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalMailEnabled parameter enables or disables sender filtering on authenticated connections from authoritative domains in your organization. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $false. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientBlockedSenderAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RecipientBlockedSenderAction parameter specifies the action that the Sender Filter agent takes on messages received from blocked senders that are defined by SafeList aggregation. SafeList aggregation adds blocked senders that are defined by your users in Microsoft Outlook or Outlook on the web to the Blocked Senders list that's used by the Sender Filter agent. @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderIdConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderIdConfig.md index 92263d316d..0e2577dcff 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderIdConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderIdConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example makes the following modifications to the Sender ID configuration: ### -BypassedRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BypassedRecipients parameter specifies one or more SMTP email addresses. Messages bound for the email addresses listed in this parameter are excluded from processing by the Sender ID agent. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. You can enter a maximum of 100 email addresses. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassedSenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BypassedSenderDomains parameter specifies one or more domain names. Messages that originate from the domains listed in this parameter are excluded from processing by the Sender ID agent. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. You can enter a maximum of 100 domain names. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Enabled parameter specifies whether the Sender ID agent is enabled on the computer on which you're running the command. Valid input for the Enabled parameter is $true or $false. The default setting is $true. When the Enabled parameter is set to $true, the Sender ID agent is enabled on the computer on which you're running the command. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalMailEnabled parameter specifies whether all messages from unauthenticated connections external to your organization are passed through the Sender ID agent for processing. Valid input for the ExternalMailEnabled parameter is $true or $false. The default setting is $true. When the ExternalMailEnabled parameter is set to $true, all messages from unauthenticated connections external to your organization are passed through the Sender ID agent for processing. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalMailEnabled parameter specifies whether all messages from authenticated sender domains that belong to authoritative domains in your enterprise are passed through the Sender ID agent for processing. Valid input for the InternalMailEnabled parameter is $true or $false. The default setting is $false. When the InternalMailEnabled parameter is set to $true, all messages from authenticated sender domains that belong to authoritative domains in your enterprise are passed through the Sender ID agent for processing. @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpoofedDomainAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SpoofedDomainAction parameter specifies the action that the Sender ID agent takes on the message when the sender domain shows evidence of being spoofed. The SpoofedDomainAction parameter takes the following values: StampStatus, Reject or Delete. The default value is StampStatus. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TempErrorAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TempErrorAction parameter specifies the action that the Sender ID agent takes on the message when a Sender ID status of TempError is returned. The TempErrorAction parameter takes the following values: StampStatus, Reject or Delete. The default value is StampStatus. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderReputationConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderReputationConfig.md index 676c164d8d..d31d0a7da9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderReputationConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SenderReputationConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ It sets the number of hours that senders are put on the blocked senders list to ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Enabled parameter enables or disables sender reputation on the Exchange server. Valid values are: @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalMailEnabled parameter allows or prevents sender reputation from processing messages from unauthenticated connections that are external to your Exchange organization. Valid values are: @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalMailEnabled parameter allows or prevents sender reputation from processing messages from authenticated sender domains that are authoritative domains in your Exchange organization. Valid values are: @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OpenProxyDetectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OpenProxyDetectionEnabled parameter allows or prevents sender reputation from attempting to connect to the message's source IP address to send a test message back to the Exchange server. This test determines if the sender is an open proxy server. Valid values are: @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProxyServerName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ProxyServerName parameter specifies the name or IP address of your organization's proxy server. Sender reputation uses this value to connect to the Internet for open proxy server detection. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProxyServerPort -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ProxyServerPort parameter specifies the port number that's used by your organization's proxy server. Sender reputation uses this value to connect to the Internet for open proxy server detection. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProxyServerType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ProxyServerType parameter specifies the type of your organization's proxy server. Sender reputation uses this value to connect to the Internet for open proxy server detection. Valid values are: @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderBlockingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SenderBlockingEnabled parameter allows or prevents sender reputation from blocking senders when their sender reputation level (SRL) meets or exceeds the value of the SrlBlockThreshold parameter. Valid values are: @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderBlockingPeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SenderBlockingPeriod parameter specifies the number of hours that a sender remains on the blocked senders list when their SRL meets or exceeds the value of the SrlBlockThreshold parameter. Valid input for this parameter is an integer from 0 through 48. The default value is 24. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SrlBlockThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SrlBlockThreshold specifies the SRL rating that must be met or exceeded for sender reputation to block a sender. Valid input for this parameter is an integer from 0 through 9. The default value is 7. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerComponentState.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerComponentState.md index c0fc8e35b1..a128777da6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerComponentState.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerComponentState.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The second command changes the state to Active after the maintenance is over (re ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the Exchange server where you want to run this command. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Component -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Component parameter specifies the component or endpoint for which you want to set the state. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Requester -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Requester parameter specifies the system requesting this state change. Valid values are: @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -State -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The State parameter specifies the state that you want for the component. Valid values are: @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LocalOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The LocalOnly switch specifies that the changes are written to the registry of the Exchange server only and not to Active Directory. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoteOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RemoteOnly switch specifies that the changes are written to Active Directory only and not to the registry of the Exchange server. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TimeoutInSeconds -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerMonitor.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerMonitor.md index 987756400a..a04cf496f3 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerMonitor.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServerMonitor.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example sets the maintenance monitor on the Exch01 server. ### -Server -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Server parameter specifies the Exchange server where you want to run this command. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies the monitor identity. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Repairing -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Repairing parameter specifies whether to set or clear the repairing property on a monitor. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetResource -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TargetResource parameter specifies the target resource that you want to set the monitor on. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SettingOverride.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SettingOverride.md index 99ff89a1af..440f1e77e8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SettingOverride.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SettingOverride.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example modifies the setting override named Change OAB Generation on the se ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the setting override that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the override. For example: @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxVersion -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxVersion parameter specifies the latest version of Exchange 2016 that this override applies to (up to and including the specified value). @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MinVersion -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MinVersion parameter specifies the earliest version of Exchange 2016 that this override applies to (up to and including the specified value). @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Parameters parameter specifies one or more parameters for the override that are available for the combination of the Component and Section parameter values. This parameter uses the syntax: `@("Parameter1=Value1","Parameter2=Value2"...)`. For example: @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Reason -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Reason parameter is used to provide a description of why the override was created. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Server -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Server parameter specifies the name of the Exchange 2016 server where you want the override applied. You can specify a single Exchange 2016 server name, or an array of Exchange 2016 server name wildcards. For example, if you have three Exchange 2016 servers named Exchange01, Exchange02 and Exchange03, specify the value Exchange\* to apply the override to all of them. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md index 029d5a0bd5..6801283c4d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This example disables the sharing policy SharingPolicy01. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the sharing policy that you want to modify. You can use one of the following values: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Default -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Default switch specifies that the sharing policy is the default sharing policy for all mailboxes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Domains parameter specifies the domains and the associated sharing options for those domains in the sharing policy. Values for this parameter use the basic syntax: `'Domain: SharingPolicyAction'`. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable the sharing policy. Valid values for this parameter are $true or $false. The default is $true. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the sharing policy. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailbox.md index a75022387e..19c2ab872a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ This example disables the duplication of email messages in the site mailbox SMO\ ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the site mailbox. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the site mailbox. For example: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Active -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Active parameter specifies whether to change the site mailbox's lifecycle status. This parameter accepts $true or $false. This parameter is intended for use only by the user interface. We recommend that you don't use this parameter in the Exchange Management Shell. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the site mailbox. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is intended for use only by the user interface. We recommend that you don't use this parameter. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Owners -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is intended for use only by the user interface. We recommend that you don't use this parameter. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveDuplicateMessages -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RemoveDuplicateMessages parameter specifies that when users post messages to a site mailbox, duplicate messages are deleted. This parameter accepts the values of $true or $false. The default value is $false. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SharePointUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SharePointUrl parameter specifies the URL of the SharePoint site, for example, "https://myserver/teams/edu". @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShowInMyClient -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is intended for use only by the user interface. We recommend that you don't use this parameter. @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SyncEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SyncEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable synchronization for the site mailbox. Valid values are: @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailboxProvisioningPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailboxProvisioningPolicy.md index 5ff1502eb6..868f1e990d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailboxProvisioningPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SiteMailboxProvisioningPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ This example changes the default provisioning policy named SM\_DefaultPolicy and ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the site mailbox provisioning policy that you want to edit. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AliasPrefix -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AliasPrefix parameter specifies the custom text prefix to add to the aliases of new site mailboxes. Valid values are: @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultAliasPrefixEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DefaultAliasPrefixEnabled parameter specifies whether new site mailboxes have the default prefix text added to the alias. Valid values are: @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IsDefault switch specifies that the site mailbox provisioning policy is the default policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IssueWarningQuota -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IssueWarningQuota parameter specifies the warning threshold for the size of the mailbox. If the mailbox reaches or exceeds this size, the user receives a descriptive warning message. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxReceiveSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxReceiveSize parameter specifies the maximum size of a message that can be sent to the site mailbox. Messages larger than the maximum size are rejected. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the site mailbox provisioning policy. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ProhibitSendReceiveQuota parameter specifies a size limit for the mailbox. If the mailbox reaches or exceeds this size, the mailbox can't send or receive new messages. Messages sent to the mailbox are returned to the sender with a descriptive error message. This value effectively determines the maximum size of the mailbox. @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SmimeConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SmimeConfig.md index a86aa867c9..b8158b73ae 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SmimeConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SmimeConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ This example sets the S/MIME configuration to allow users the choice of signing ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAAllowUserChoiceOfSigningCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAAllowUserChoiceOfSigningCertificate parameter specifies whether to allow users to select the certificate to use when they digitally sign email messages in Outlook on the web. @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAAlwaysEncrypt -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAAlwaysEncrypt parameter specifies whether all outgoing messages are automatically encrypted in Outlook on the web. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAAlwaysSign -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAAlwaysSign parameter specifies whether all outgoing messages are automatically signed in Outlook on the web. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWABCCEncryptedEmailForking -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWABCCEncryptedEmailForking parameter specifies how Bcc messages are encrypted in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWACheckCRLOnSend -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWACheckCRLOnSend parameter specifies how the certificate revocation list (CRL) check is enforced when an email message is sent in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAClearSign -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAClearSign parameter specifies how email messages are signed in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWACopyRecipientHeaders -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWACRLConnectionTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWACRLConnectionTimeout parameter specifies the time in milliseconds that Outlook on the web waits while connecting to retrieve a single CRL as part of a certificate validation operation. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWACRLRetrievalTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWACRLRetrievalTimeout parameter specifies the time in milliseconds that Outlook on the web waits to retrieve all CRLs when validating a certificate. @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWADisableCRLCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWADisableCRLCheck parameter enables or disables CRL checking in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWADLExpansionTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWADLExpansionTimeout parameter specifies the time in milliseconds that Outlook on the web waits when sending encrypted messages to members of a distribution group that requires expansion. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAEncryptionAlgorithms -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAEncryptionAlgorithms parameter specifies a list of symmetric encryption algorithms that are used by Outlook on the web to encrypt messages. Valid values are: @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAEncryptTemporaryBuffers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAEncryptTemporaryBuffers parameter specifies whether the Outlook on the web client-side temporary message storage buffers are encrypted. Valid values are: @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAForceSMIMEClientUpgrade -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAForceSMIMEClientUpgrade parameter specifies whether or not users are forced to upgrade an S/MIME control that's older than their current version in Outlook on the web. @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAIncludeCertificateChainAndRootCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAIncludeCertificateChainAndRootCertificate parameter specifies whether the certificate chains and root certificates of the signing or encryption certificates are included in the message in Outlook on the web. @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAIncludeCertificateChainWithoutRootCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAIncludeCertificateChainWithoutRootCertificate parameter specifies whether the certificate chains of the signing or encryption certificates are included in messages in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAIncludeSMIMECapabilitiesInMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAIncludeSMIMECapabilitiesInMessage parameter specifies whether signed and encrypted messages in Outlook on the web include attributes that describe the supported encryption and signing algorithms. @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAOnlyUseSmartCard -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAOnlyUseSmartCard parameter specifies whether smartcard-based certificates are required for Outlook on the web message signing and decryption. Valid values are: @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWASenderCertificateAttributesToDisplay -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWASenderCertificateAttributesToDisplay parameter controls which certificate attributes are displayed when signature verification proceeds despite a mismatch between the sender's email address and the email address in sender's certificate. @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWASignedEmailCertificateInclusion -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWASignedEmailCertificateInclusion parameter specifies whether the sender's encryption certificate is excluded from a signed email message in Outlook on the web. Valid values are: @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWASigningAlgorithms -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWASigningAlgorithms parameter specifies the list of symmetric encryption signing algorithms that are used by Outlook on the web to sign messages with the S/MIME control. Valid values are: @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWATripleWrapSignedEncryptedMail -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWATripleWrapSignedEncryptedMail parameter specifies whether signed and encrypted email messages in Outlook on the web are triple-wrapped. Valid values are: @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAUseKeyIdentifier -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAUseKeyIdentifier parameter specifies whether a certificate's key identifier is used to encode the asymmetrically encrypted token in Outlook on the web. @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAUseSecondaryProxiesWhenFindingCertificates -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The OWAUseSecondaryProxiesWhenFindingCertificates parameter specifies whether alternative proxies are used during the certificate search in Outlook on the web. @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SMIMECertificateIssuingCA -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SMIMECertificateIssuingCA parameter specifies the serialized certificate store (SST) that contains the Certificate Authority (CA) signing and intermediate certificate information. @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SweepRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SweepRule.md index 444b193a61..e28e857498 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SweepRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SweepRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example modifies the existing rule that has the rule ID value x2hlsdpGmUifj ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the Sweep rule that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DestinationFolder -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The DestinationFolder parameter specifies an action for the Sweep rule that moves messages to the specified folder. The syntax is `MailboxID:\ParentFolder[\SubFolder]`. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFlagged -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfPinned -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -KeepForDays -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The KeepForDays parameter specifies an action for the Sweep rule that specifies the number of days to keep messages that match the conditions of the rule. After the number of days have passed, the messages are moved to the location that's specified by the DestinationFolder parameter (by default, the Deleted Items folder). @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -KeepLatest -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The KeepLatest parameter specifies an action for the Sweep rule that specifies the number of messages to keep that match the conditions of the rule. After the number of messages is exceeded, the oldest messages are moved to the location that's specified by the DestinationFolder parameter (by default, the Deleted Items folder). @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Mailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Mailbox parameter specifies the mailbox that contains the rule you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Name parameter specifies the name of the Sweep rule. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Provider -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Provider parameter specifies the provider for the Sweep rule. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Sender -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Sender parameter specifies a condition for the Sweep rule that looks for the specified sender in messages. For internal senders, you can use any value that uniquely identifies the sender. For example: @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SourceFolder -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SourceFolder parameter specifies a condition for the Sweep rule that looks for messages in the specified folder. The syntax is `MailboxID:\ParentFolder[\SubFolder]`. @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SystemCategory -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The SystemCategory parameter specifies a condition for the sweep rule that looks for messages with the specified system category. System categories are available to all mailboxes in the organization. Valid values are: @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SystemMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SystemMessage.md index 77c85b47e4..7b2c217f03 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SystemMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SystemMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example modifies the text of the custom English WarningMailbox quota messag ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the custom system message that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the system message. For example: @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies a descriptive name for the system message. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Original -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Original switch specifies whether to stop using the custom system message and start using the default system message. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Text -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Text parameter specifies the text in the custom system message. The text should explain why the system message was sent and any actions that the user should take. @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TextMessagingAccount.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TextMessagingAccount.md index ee1c667d6f..550a18a31f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TextMessagingAccount.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TextMessagingAccount.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This example sets the region, mobile operator and notification phone number for ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the target mailbox. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CountryRegionId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The CountryRegionId parameter specifies the country/region that your mobile phone is registered in. Although this parameter accepts any valid ISO 3166-1 two-letter country code value (for example, AU for Australia), the following values correspond to the country/region selections that are available in the text messaging settings in Outlook on the web (formerly known as Outlook Web App): @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreDefaultScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The IgnoreDefaultScope switch tells the command to ignore the default recipient scope setting for the Exchange PowerShell session, and to use the entire forest as the scope. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MobileOperatorId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The MobileOperatorId parameter specifies the mobile operator (carrier) for your phone. Although this parameter accepts any random number, the following values correspond to the country/region and mobile operator selections that are available in the text messaging settings in Outlook on the web (formerly known as Outlook Web App): @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotificationPhoneNumber -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The NotificationPhoneNumber parameter specifies the telephone number to use for your text messaging notifications. This parameter uses the E.164 format: `+` (for example, `+15551234567`). @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ThrottlingPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ThrottlingPolicy.md index de0f211360..14a41dfeb7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ThrottlingPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ThrottlingPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -209,9 +209,13 @@ This example modifies a throttling policy so that it restricts a user to be able ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE -The Identity parameter uniquely identifies the throttling policy that you want to modify values for. The name you use is the name of the throttling policy object in Active Directory. +The Identity parameter specifies the throttling policy that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: + +- Name +- Distinguished name (DN) +- GUID ```yaml Type: ThrottlingPolicyIdParameter @@ -227,7 +231,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnonymousCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AnonymousCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for an anonymous user before the user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -245,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnonymousMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AnonymousMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that an anonymous user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -263,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnonymousMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AnonymousMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many anonymous connections can be made to a user's calendar data at the same time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If anonymous users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. The AnonymousMaxConcurrency parameter has a valid range from 0 through 2147483647 inclusive. The default value is 1. To indicate that the number of concurrent connections should be unthrottled (no limit), this value should be set to $null. @@ -341,7 +345,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnonymousRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AnonymousRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which an anonymous user's budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -359,7 +363,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BookingSelfServiceCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -377,7 +381,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BookingSelfServiceMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -395,7 +399,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BookingSelfServiceMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -413,7 +417,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BookingSelfServiceRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -431,7 +435,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ComplianceMaxExpansionDGRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ComplianceMaxExpansionDGRecipients parameter specifies the maximum number of recipients to expand in distribution groups when a discovery search is looking for a specified recipient. @@ -449,7 +453,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ComplianceMaxExpansionNestedDGs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ComplianceMaxExpansionNestedDGs parameter specifies the maximum number of nested distribution groups to expand when a discovery search is looking for a specified recipient. @@ -467,7 +471,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -488,7 +492,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConsensusCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -506,7 +510,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConsensusMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -524,7 +528,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConsensusMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -542,7 +546,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConsensusRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -560,7 +564,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CpaCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CpaCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for a cross-premises user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -578,7 +582,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CpaMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CpaMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that a cross-premises user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -596,7 +600,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CPAMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CpaMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections a cross-premises user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. The CpaMaxConcurrency parameter has a valid range from 0 through 2147483647 inclusive. To indicate that the number of concurrent connections should be unthrottled (no limit), this value should be set to $null. @@ -652,7 +656,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CpaRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CpaRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which a cross premises user budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -690,7 +694,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoveryMaxConcurrency parameter specifies the number of concurrent discovery search executions that a user can have at the same time. To modify the discovery throttling parameters, create a new policy and name it "DiscoveryThrottlingPolicy". @@ -708,7 +712,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryMaxKeywords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoveryMaxKeywords parameter specifies the maximum number of keywords that a user can include in a discovery search. For more information, see [Search-Mailbox](https://learn.microsoft.com/powershell/module/exchangepowershell/search-mailbox). @@ -726,7 +730,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryMaxKeywordsPerPage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoveryMaxKeywordsPerPage parameter specifies the number of keywords for which to show statistics on a single page in the EAC. @@ -744,7 +748,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryMaxMailboxes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoveryMaxMailboxes parameter specifies the maximum number of source mailboxes that a user can include in a discovery search. @@ -762,7 +766,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryMaxPreviewSearchMailboxes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoveryMaxPreviewSearchMailboxes parameter specifies the maximum number of mailboxes that a user can include in eDiscovery Search Preview. @@ -780,7 +784,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryMaxRefinerResults -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -798,7 +802,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryMaxSearchQueueDepth -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoveryMaxSearchQueueDepth parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent discovery search threads that can be active at the same time. @@ -816,7 +820,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryMaxStatsSearchMailboxes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoveryMaxStatsSearchMailboxes parameter specifies the maximum number of mailboxes that a user can search in an In-Place eDiscovery search without being able to view the statistics. When the number of mailboxes configured with the DiscoveryMaxStatsSearchMailboxes parameter is exceeded, the user must copy the search results to a discovery mailbox to view the statistics for the discovery search. For more information, see [In-Place eDiscovery in Exchange Server](https://learn.microsoft.com/Exchange/policy-and-compliance/ediscovery/ediscovery). @@ -834,7 +838,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoveryPreviewSearchResultsPageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoveryPreviewSearchResultsPageSize parameter specifies the number of messages displayed on a single page in eDiscovery Search Preview. @@ -852,7 +856,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiscoverySearchTimeoutPeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DiscoverySearchTimeoutPeriod parameter specifies the number of minutes that a discovery search runs before it times out. @@ -870,7 +874,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -890,7 +894,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EasCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EasCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for an Exchange ActiveSync user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -908,7 +912,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EasMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EasMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that an Exchange ActiveSync user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -926,7 +930,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EASMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EasMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections an Exchange ActiveSync user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. The EasMaxConcurrency parameter has a valid range from 0 through 2147483647 inclusive. The default value is 10. To indicate that the number of concurrent connections should be unthrottled (no limit), this value should be set to $null. @@ -944,7 +948,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EASMaxDeviceDeletesPerMonth -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EasMaxDeviceDeletesPerMonth parameter specifies a limit to the number of Exchange ActiveSync partnerships that a user can delete per month. By default, each user can delete a maximum of 20 partnerships per calendar month. When the limit is reached, the partnership deletion attempt fails and an error message is displayed to the user. @@ -962,7 +966,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EASMaxDevices -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EasMaxDevices parameter specifies a limit to the number of Exchange ActiveSync partnerships that a user can have at one time. By default, each user can create 100 Exchange ActiveSync partnerships with their Exchange account. After users exceed the limit, they must delete one of their existing partnerships before they can create any more new partnerships. An email error message describing the limitation is sent to the user when the limit is exceeded. Additionally, an event is logged in the Application log when a user exceeds the limit. @@ -980,7 +984,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EasMaxInactivityForDeviceCleanup -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EasMaxInactivityForDeviceCleanup parameter specifies the length of time that a user's device partnerships remain active. By default, there is no limit to the number of days that a user's device partnerships remain active. Use this value if you want to minimize the amount of inactive device partnerships in your organization. To use this setting, specify a value in days since the user's last sync time to cause the device partnership to be removed. @@ -1058,7 +1062,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EasRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EasRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which an Exchange ActiveSync user's budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -1076,7 +1080,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionRecipientCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1094,7 +1098,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionRecipientMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1112,7 +1116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionRecipientMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1130,7 +1134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionRecipientRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1148,7 +1152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionSenderCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1166,7 +1170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionSenderMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1184,7 +1188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionSenderMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1202,7 +1206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionSenderRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1220,7 +1224,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EwsCostThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EwsCostThreshold parameter specifies the cost threshold for Exchange Web Services users. @@ -1238,7 +1242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EwsCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EwsCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for an Exchange Web Services user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -1256,7 +1260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EwsMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EwsMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that an Exchange Web Services user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -1314,7 +1318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EWSMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EwsMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections an Exchange Web Services user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. The EwsMaxConcurrency parameter has a valid range from 0 through 2147483647 inclusive. The default value is 10. To indicate that the number of concurrent connections should be unthrottled (no limit), this value should be set to $null. @@ -1332,7 +1336,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EWSMaxSubscriptions -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EwsMaxSubscriptions parameter specifies the maximum number of active push and pull subscriptions that an Exchange Web Services user can have on a specified Exchange server at the same time. If a user tries to create more subscriptions than the configured maximum, the subscription fails, and an event is logged in Event Viewer. @@ -1410,7 +1414,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EwsRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The EwsRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which an Exchange Web Services user's budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -1428,7 +1432,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExchangeMaxCmdlets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExchangeMaxCmdlets parameter specifies the number of cmdlets that can be executed within a specific time period before their execution is slowed down. The value specified by this parameter should be less than the value specified by the PowerShellMaxCmdlets parameter. @@ -1448,7 +1452,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1468,7 +1472,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForwardeeLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForwardeeLimit parameter specifies the limits for the number of recipients that can be configured in Inbox Rules when using the forward or redirect action. This parameter doesn't limit the number of messages that can be forwarded or redirected to the recipients that are configured. @@ -1486,7 +1490,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ImapCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ImapCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for an IMAP user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -1504,7 +1508,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ImapMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ImapMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that an IMAP user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -1522,7 +1526,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IMAPMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ImapMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections an IMAP user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. The ImapMaxConcurrency parameter has a valid range from 0 through 2147483647 inclusive. To indicate that the number of concurrent connections should be unthrottled (no limit), this value should be set to $null. @@ -1600,7 +1604,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ImapRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ImapRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which the IMAP user's budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -1618,7 +1622,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsServiceAccount -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IsServiceAccount switch specifies that the user accounts associated with this policy are moderated by per-user thresholds and the health of system resources (for example, overall CPU usage). You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1640,7 +1644,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageRateLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageRateLimit parameter specifies the number of messages per minute that can be submitted to transport by POP3 or IMAP4 clients that use SMTP. Clients receive a transient error if they submit messages at a rate that exceeds the value of this parameter. Exchange attempts to connect and send the messages at a later time. @@ -1658,7 +1662,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies the name of the object in Active Directory. The default policy is named `DefaultThrottlingPolicy`. @@ -1676,7 +1680,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutlookServiceCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1694,7 +1698,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutlookServiceMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1712,7 +1716,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutlookServiceMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1730,7 +1734,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutlookServiceMaxSocketConnectionsPerDevice -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1748,7 +1752,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutlookServiceMaxSocketConnectionsPerUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1766,7 +1770,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutlookServiceMaxSubscriptions -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1784,7 +1788,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutlookServiceRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1802,7 +1806,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for an Outlook on the web user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -1820,7 +1824,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that an Outlook on the web user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -1838,7 +1842,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections an Outlook on the web user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. @@ -1920,7 +1924,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which an Outlook on the web user's budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -1938,7 +1942,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaVoiceCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaVoiceCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for an Outlook on the web voice user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -1956,7 +1960,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaVoiceMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaVoiceMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that an Outlook on the web voice user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -1974,7 +1978,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaVoiceMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaVoiceMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections an Outlook on the web voice user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. The OwaVoiceMaxConcurrency parameter has a valid range from 0 through 2147483647 inclusive. The default value is 5. To indicate that the number of concurrent connections should be unthrottled (no limit), this value should be set to $null. @@ -1992,7 +1996,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaVoiceRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OwaVoiceRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which an Outlook on the web voice user's budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -2010,7 +2014,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PopCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PopCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for a user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -2028,7 +2032,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PopMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PopMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that a user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -2046,7 +2050,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -POPMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PopMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections a POP user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. The PopMaxConcurrency parameter has a valid range from 0 through 2147483647 inclusive. The default value is 20. To indicate that the number of concurrent connections should be unthrottled (no limit), this value should be set to $null. @@ -2124,7 +2128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PopRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PopRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which the user budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -2142,7 +2146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for a user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -2160,7 +2164,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that a user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -2178,7 +2182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxCmdletQueueDepth -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxCmdletQueueDepth parameter specifies the number of operations allowed to be executed by the user. This value directly affects the behavior of the PowerShellMaxCmdlets and PowerShellMaxConcurrency parameters. For example, the PowerShellMaxConcurrency parameter consumes at least two operations defined by the PowerShellMaxCmdletQueueDepth parameter but additional operations are also consumed per cmdlet execution. The number of operations depends on the cmdlets executed. We recommend that the value for the PowerShellMaxCmdletQueueDepth parameter be at least three times larger than the value of the PowerShellMaxConcurrency parameter. This parameter doesn't affect Exchange admin center operations or Exchange Web Services operations. @@ -2196,7 +2200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxCmdlets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxCmdlets parameter specifies the number of cmdlets that can be executed within a specific time period before their execution is stopped. The value specified by this parameter should be more than the value specified by the ExchangeMaxCmdlets parameter. The time period used for this limit is specified by the PowerShellMaxCmdletsTimePeriod parameter. Both values should be set at the same time. @@ -2214,7 +2218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxCmdletsTimePeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxCmdletsTimePeriod parameter specifies the time period, in seconds, that the throttling policy uses to determine whether the number of cmdlets being executed exceeds the limits specified by the PowerShellMaxCmdlets and ExchangeMaxCmdlets parameters. @@ -2232,7 +2236,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxConcurrency parameter specifies different information depending on context: @@ -2255,7 +2259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxDestructiveCmdlets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxDestructiveCmdlets parameter specifies the number of destructive cmdlets that can be executed within a specific time period before their execution is stopped. Destructive cmdlets are cmdlets that can make significant changes to user data and configuration settings in your Exchange organization. Throttling these cmdlets might help prevent accidental data loss. The following cmdlets are designated as destructive: @@ -2285,7 +2289,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxDestructiveCmdletsTimePeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxDestructiveCmdletsTimePeriod parameter specifies the time period, in seconds, that the throttling policy uses to determine how many destructive cmdlets can be run. You set a value for this parameter when you set the PowerShellMaxDestructiveCmdlets parameter. Both values should be set at the same time. For more information, see the description for the PowerShellMaxDestructiveCmdlets parameter. @@ -2303,7 +2307,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxOperations -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxOperations parameter specifies the protocol-level operations that are used to send and receive data. If the execution of a cmdlet results in a significant number of operations (for example, if there is a lot of input/output occurring), throttling might occur. The default setting is Unlimited. @@ -2321,7 +2325,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxRunspaces -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxRunspaces parameter specifies the number of concurrent Windows PowerShell sessions that a user is allowed to have. The default setting is Unlimited. @@ -2339,7 +2343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxRunspacesTimePeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxRunspacesTimePeriod parameter specifies the time period, in seconds, that the throttling policy uses to determine how many Windows PowerShell sessions can be run. You set this value when you set the PowerShellMaxRunspaces parameter. @@ -2357,7 +2361,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxTenantConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxTenantConcurrency parameter limits the number of concurrent Windows PowerShell connections per tenant organization. By default, the limit for concurrent Windows PowerShell connections per tenant organization is set to 9. If users in a tenant organization try to make more concurrent requests than the limit set by the PowerShellMaxTenantConcurrency parameter, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. This limit is enforced even if a single user hasn't exceeded the per-user limit set by the PowerShellMaxConcurrency parameter. The PowerShellMaxTenantConcurrency parameter has a valid range from 0 through 100 inclusive. To indicate that the number of concurrent connections should be unthrottled (no limit), this value should be set to $null. @@ -2377,7 +2381,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellMaxTenantRunspaces -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellMaxTenantRunspaces parameter specifies the number of concurrent Windows PowerShell sessions that a tenant is allowed to have. @@ -2395,7 +2399,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PowerShellRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PowerShellRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which the user budget is charged (budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -2413,7 +2417,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PswsMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PswsMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections a Windows PowerShell Web Services user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until a response is sent in its entirety to the requestor. If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. @@ -2433,7 +2437,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PswsMaxRequest -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PswsMaxRequest parameter specifies how many requests a Windows PowerShell Web Services user can have against an Exchange server at one time. The default setting is Unlimited. @@ -2451,7 +2455,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PswsMaxRequestTimePeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PswsMaxRequestTimePeriod parameter specifies the period of time, in seconds, that the throttling policy uses to determine how many requests can be run. The default setting is Unlimited. @@ -2469,7 +2473,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PushNotificationCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2487,7 +2491,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PushNotificationMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2505,7 +2509,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PushNotificationMaxBurstPerDevice -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2523,7 +2527,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PushNotificationMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2541,7 +2545,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PushNotificationRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2559,7 +2563,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PushNotificationRechargeRatePerDevice -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2577,7 +2581,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PushNotificationSamplingPeriodPerDevice -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2595,7 +2599,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RcaCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RcaCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for a user before that user is completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -2613,7 +2617,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RcaMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RcaMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that a user can consume an elevated amount of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -2631,7 +2635,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RCAMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RcaMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections an RPC Client Access user can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until the connection is closed or the connection is otherwise disconnected (for example, if the user goes offline). If users attempt to make more concurrent requests than their policy allows, the new connection attempt fails. However, the existing connections remain valid. @@ -2713,7 +2717,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RcaRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RcaRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which the budget for the user is charged (how much the budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -2731,7 +2735,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RcaSharedCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RcaSharedCutoffBalance parameter specifies the resource consumption limits for all users before they're completely blocked from performing operations on a specific component after all available resources have been consumed. There is no preset default value for this parameter but it generally ranges from 600,000 to 3,000,000 in working state depending on the protocol. If for any reason, this value needs to be increased further, you must contact Microsoft Support because a higher value can affect server performance adversely. @@ -2749,7 +2753,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RcaSharedMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RcaShardMaxBurst parameter specifies the amount of time that all users can consume elevated amounts of resources before being throttled. This is measured in milliseconds. This value is set separately for each component. @@ -2767,7 +2771,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RcaSharedMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RcaSharedMaxConcurrency parameter specifies how many concurrent connections all RPC Client Access users can have against an Exchange server at one time. A connection is held from the moment a request is received until the connection is closed or the connection is otherwise disconnected (for example, if users go offline). If there are more concurrent requests than the policy allows, new connection attempts fail. However, the existing connections remain valid. @@ -2787,7 +2791,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RcaSharedRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RcaSharedRechargeRate parameter specifies the rate at which the budget for all users is charged (how much the budget grows by) during the budget time. @@ -2805,7 +2809,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRateLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RecipientRateLimit parameter specifies the limits on the number of recipients that a user can address in a 24-hour period. @@ -2823,7 +2827,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SchedulesCutoffBalance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2841,7 +2845,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SchedulesMaxBurst -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2859,7 +2863,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SchedulesMaxConcurrency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2877,7 +2881,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SchedulesRechargeRate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2895,7 +2899,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ThrottlingPolicyScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ThrottlingPolicyScope parameter specifies the scope of the throttling policy. You can use the following values: @@ -2919,7 +2923,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ThrottlingPolicyAssociation.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ThrottlingPolicyAssociation.md index 9c9408f002..07e8f891fd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ThrottlingPolicyAssociation.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ThrottlingPolicyAssociation.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ You don't need to use the Set-ThrottlingPolicyAssociation cmdlet to associate a ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the object to which you want to associate a throttling policy. The object can be a user with a mailbox, a user without a mailbox, a contact, or a computer account. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ThrottlingPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ThrottlingPolicy parameter specifies the throttling policy that you want the object specified by the Identity parameter to be associated with. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportAgent.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportAgent.md index d41b3a6694..da20218a86 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportAgent.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportAgent.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example modifies the priority of a fictitious agent named Test App in the F ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the name (Identity property value) of the transport agent that you want to modify. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Priority parameter specifies the priority of the transport agent. The priority of the transport agent controls the order in which the transport agents process email messages. The priority must be a value between 0 and the maximum number of transport agents. The default behavior is to append a new transport agent to the end of the priority list. Transport agents with a priority closest to 0 process email messages first. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportService -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TransportService parameter specifies the transport service that you want to view or modify. Valid values for this parameter are: @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportConfig.md index b4837dae87..a084e229ad 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ To avoid journaling issues, we recommend that you set JournalingReportNdrTo to a ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddressBookPolicyRoutingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AddressBookPolicyRoutingEnabled parameter controls how recipients are resolved in an organization that uses address book policies to create separate virtual organizations within the same Exchange organization. Specifically, the global address list (GAL) that's specified in the user's address book policy controls how recipients are resolved. When the value of this parameter is $true, users that are assigned different GALs appear as external recipients. When the value of this parameter is $false, users that are assigned different GALs appear as internal recipients. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentGeneratedMessageLoopDetectionInSubmissionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentGeneratedMessageLoopDetectionInSmtpEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ClearCategories -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ClearCategories parameter keeps or removes Microsoft Outlook message categories during content conversion. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. This means that by default, Outlook message categories are removed during content conversion. @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConvertDisclaimerWrapperToEml -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ConvertDisclaimerWrapperToEml parameter specifies whether the original message is added as a TNEF attachment or a regular EML attachment to a disclaimer when all of the following are true: @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DiagnosticsAggregationServicePort -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DSNConversionMode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The DSNConversionMode parameter controls how Exchange handles delivery status notifications (also known as DSNs, non-delivery reports, NDRs, or bounce messages) that are generated by earlier versions of Exchange or other email systems. Valid values are: @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDelayDsnEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ExternalDelayDsnEnabled parameter specifies whether a delay delivery status notification (DSN) message should be created for external messages that couldn't be immediately delivered. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDsnDefaultLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ExternalDsnDefaultLanguage parameter specifies which Exchange server language should be used by default when you create external DSN messages. The default value is the default Windows server language. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDsnLanguageDetectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ExternalDsnLanguageDetectionEnabled parameter specifies whether the server should try to send an external DSN message in the same language as the original message that generated the notification. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false.The default value is $true. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDsnMaxMessageAttachSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDsnReportingAuthority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ExternalDsnReportingAuthority parameter specifies the domain in the machine-readable part of external DSN messages. The default value is blank ($null), which means the value is the authoritative domain that you specified during the creation of the organization. @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDsnSendHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ExternalDsnSendHtml parameter specifies whether external DSN messages should be HTML or plain text. Valid values are: @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalPostmasterAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The ExternalPostmasterAddress parameter specifies the email address in the From header field of an external DSN message. The default value is blank ($null). @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateCopyOfDSNFor -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderPromotionModeSetting -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The HeaderPromotionModeSetting parameter specifies whether named properties are created for custom X-headers on messages received. Valid values are: @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDelayDsnEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The InternalDelayDsnEnabled parameter specifies whether a delay DSN message should be created for messages sent to or from recipients or senders in the same Exchange organization that couldn't be immediately delivered. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDsnDefaultLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The InternalDsnDefaultLanguage parameter specifies which Exchange server language should be used by default when you create internal DSN messages. The default value is the default Windows server language. @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDsnLanguageDetectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The InternalDsnLanguageDetectionEnabled parameter specifies whether the server should try to send an internal DSN message in the same language as the original message that generated the notification. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDsnMaxMessageAttachSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDsnReportingAuthority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The InternalDsnReportingAuthority parameter specifies the domain in the machine-readable part of internal DSN messages. The default value is blank ($null), which means the value is the authoritative domain that you specified during the creation of the organization. @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDsnSendHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The InternalDsnSendHtml parameter specifies whether internal DSN messages should be HTML or plain text. Valid values are: @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalSMTPServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -JournalingReportNdrTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The JournalingReportNdrTo parameter specifies the email address to which journal reports are sent if the journaling mailbox is unavailable. By default, if this parameter is left empty, Exchange continues to try to deliver the journal report to the journaling mailbox. We recommended that you use a dedicated (non-user) mailbox as the value for this parameter. Like the journaling mailbox, the alternate journaling mailbox can't be an Exchange Online mailbox. @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxAllowedAgentGeneratedMessageDepth -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxAllowedAgentGeneratedMessageDepthPerAgent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxDumpsterSizePerDatabase -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxDumpsterTime -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxReceiveSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxRecipientEnvelopeLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The MaxRecipientEnvelopeLimit parameter specifies the maximum number of recipients in a message. Exchange treats an unexpanded distribution group as one recipient. @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxRetriesForLocalSiteShadow -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxRetriesForRemoteSiteShadow -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxSendSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueDiagnosticsAggregationInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageOnShadowFailure -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Rfc2231EncodingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Rfc2231EncodingEnabled parameter specifies whether the RFC 2231 encoding of MIME parameters for outbound messages is enabled in your organization. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $false. @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SafetyNetHoldTime -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShadowHeartbeatFrequency -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShadowHeartbeatRetryCount -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShadowHeartbeatTimeoutInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShadowMessageAutoDiscardInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShadowMessagePreferenceSetting -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShadowRedundancyEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShadowResubmitTimeSpan -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SupervisionTags -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TLSReceiveDomainSecureList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TLSSendDomainSecureList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportRuleAttachmentTextScanLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -VerifySecureSubmitEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -VoicemailJournalingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Xexch50Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md index 51b8d54495..876e36276c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ This example modifies the existing rule named Sales Team Disclaimer transport ru ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActivationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The ActivationDate parameter specifies when the rule starts processing messages. The rule doesn't take any action on messages until the specified date/time. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ADComparisonAttribute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ADComparisonOperator -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddManagerAsRecipientType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerFallbackAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyRightsProtectionTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentExtensionMatchesWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentHasExecutableContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentIsPasswordProtected -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentIsUnsupported -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentNameMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentProcessingLimitExceeded -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentPropertyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BetweenMemberOf1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BetweenMemberOf2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlindCopyTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Comments parameter specifies optional descriptive text for the rule (for example, what the rule is used for, or how it has changed over time). The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContentCharacterSetContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CopyTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeleteMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Disconnect -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DlpPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online **Note**: This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfADComparisonAttribute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfADComparisonOperator -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentExtensionMatchesWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentHasExecutableContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentIsPasswordProtected -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentIsUnsupported -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentNameMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentProcessingLimitExceeded -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentPropertyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfBetweenMemberOf1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfBetweenMemberOf2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfContentCharacterSetContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2182,7 +2182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2265,7 +2265,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasNoClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasSenderOverride -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderContainsMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderMatchesMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfManagerAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfManagerForEvaluatedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2524,7 +2524,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageContainsDataClassifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageTypeMatches -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2674,7 +2674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2730,7 +2730,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2820,7 +2820,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSCLOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2847,7 +2847,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderIpRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderManagementRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3175,7 +3175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3197,7 +3197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectOrBodyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3223,7 +3223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectOrBodyMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3245,7 +3245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfWithImportance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3271,7 +3271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpiryDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3293,7 +3293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -From -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3350,7 +3350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3376,7 +3376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3409,7 +3409,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3434,7 +3434,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateIncidentReport -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateNotification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3498,7 +3498,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3526,7 +3526,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasNoClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3551,7 +3551,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasSenderOverride -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3578,7 +3578,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderContainsMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3600,7 +3600,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3626,7 +3626,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderMatchesMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3648,7 +3648,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3672,7 +3672,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncidentReportContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogEventText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3770,7 +3770,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagerAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3803,7 +3803,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagerForEvaluatedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3830,7 +3830,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageContainsDataClassifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3892,7 +3892,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTypeMatches -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Mode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Mode parameter specifies how the rule operates. Valid values are: @@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerateMessageByManager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3973,7 +3973,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerateMessageByUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4006,7 +4006,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Name parameter specifies the display name of the transport rule to be created. The length of the name canThe Name parameter specifies the unique name of the rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -4024,7 +4024,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotifySender -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -4060,7 +4060,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrependSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4084,7 +4084,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -4110,7 +4110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Quarantine -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4137,7 +4137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4195,7 +4195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4251,7 +4251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4273,7 +4273,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4320,7 +4320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4364,7 +4364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RedirectMessageTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4395,7 +4395,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageEnhancedStatusCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4423,7 +4423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageReasonText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4455,7 +4455,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4580,7 +4580,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteMessageOutboundRequireTls -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4605,7 +4605,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RuleErrorAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The RuleErrorAction parameter specifies what to do if rule processing can't be completed on messages. Valid values are: @@ -4626,7 +4626,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RuleSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The RuleSubType parameter specifies the rule type. Valid values are: @@ -4647,7 +4647,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SCLOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4732,7 +4732,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4788,7 +4788,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddressLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The SenderAddressLocation parameter specifies where to look for sender addresses in conditions and exceptions that examine sender email addresses. Valid values are: @@ -4818,7 +4818,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4864,7 +4864,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderIpRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4894,7 +4894,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderManagementRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4919,7 +4919,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4950,7 +4950,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4983,7 +4983,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5010,7 +5010,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetAuditSeverity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5037,7 +5037,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetHeaderName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetHeaderValue -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5081,7 +5081,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetSCL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5106,7 +5106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpRejectMessageRejectStatusCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -5130,7 +5130,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpRejectMessageRejectText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -5154,7 +5154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StopRuleProcessing -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5179,7 +5179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5205,7 +5205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5227,7 +5227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectOrBodyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5253,7 +5253,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectOrBodyMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5275,7 +5275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -5293,7 +5293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WithImportance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportServer.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportServer.md index 73dbb0b6d9..5fc2ac7ac3 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportServer.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportServer.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ This example sets the ReceiveProtocolLogPath parameter to C:\\SMTP Protocol Logs ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the Transport server that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum duration that the per user activity statistics log files are kept. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the cap on the size of the per user activity statistics log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The minimum value is 1 megabyte (MB). The default value is 250 MB. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum file size for the per user activity statistics log files. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveUserStatisticsLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveUserStatisticsLogPath parameter specifies the location of per user activity statistics log storage. The default location depends on your version of Exchange: @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogEnabled parameter specifies whether the agent log is enabled. The default value is $true. @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age for the agent log file. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 7.00:00:00 or 7 days. @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of all agent logs in the agent log directory. When a directory reaches its maximum file size, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 250 MB. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of each agent log file. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogPath parameter specifies the default agent log directory location. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\AgentLog. Setting the value of this parameter to $null disables agent logging. However, setting this parameter to $null when the value of the AgentLogEnabled attribute is $true generates event log errors. @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AntispamAgentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AntispamAgentsEnabled parameter specifies whether anti-spam agents are installed on the server specified with the Identity parameter. The default value is $false for the Transport service on Mailbox servers and $true on Edge servers. @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogEnabled parameter specifies whether the connectivity log is enabled. The default value is $true. @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age for the connectivity log file. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of all connectivity logs in the connectivity log directory. When a directory reaches its maximum file size, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 1000 MB. @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of each connectivity log file. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogPath parameter specifies the default connectivity log directory location. The default location depends on your version of Exchange: @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContentConversionTracingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ContentConversionTracingEnabled parameter specifies whether content conversion tracing is enabled. Content conversion tracing captures content conversion failures that occur in the Transport service on a Mailbox server or on the Edge server. The default value is $false. Content conversion tracing captures a maximum of 128 MB of content conversion failures. When the 128 MB limit is reached, no more content conversion failures are captured. Content conversion tracing captures the complete contents of messages to the path specified by the PipelineTracingPath parameter. Make sure that you restrict access to this directory. The permissions required on the directory specified by the PipelineTracingPath parameter are as follows: @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DelayNotificationTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DelayNotificationTimeout parameter specifies how long the server waits before it generates a delayed delivery status notification (DSN) message. The default value is 4 hours. @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogEnabled parameter specifies whether the DNS log is enabled. The default value is $false. @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age for the DNS log file. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 7.00:00:00 or 7 days. @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of all DNS logs in the DNS log directory. When a directory reaches its maximum file size, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 100 MB. @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of each DNS log file. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogPath parameter specifies the DNS log directory location. The default value is blank ($null), which indicates no location is configured. If you enable DNS logging, you need to specify a local file path for the DNS log files by using this parameter. If the path contains spaces, enclose the entire path value in quotation marks ("). @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter specifies one or more Domain Name System (DNS) servers that Exchange uses for external DNS lookups. When the ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter is set to $true, DNS lookups of destinations outside the Exchange organization are performed by using the DNS settings of the external network adapter specified by the value of the ExternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter. If you want to specify a custom list of DNS servers used for external Exchange DNS lookups only, you must specify the DNS servers by using the ExternalDNSServers parameter, and you must also set the value of the ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter to $false. The default value of the ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter is $true. @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDNSAdapterGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter specifies the network adapter that has the DNS settings used for DNS lookups of destinations that exist outside the Exchange organization. The concept of an external network adapter and an internal network adapter is only applicable in a multi-homed Exchange server environment. When no particular network adapter is specified as the network adapter for external DNS lookups, the value of the ExternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000, and external DNS lookups are performed by using the DNS settings of any available network adapter. You might enter the GUID of a specific network adapter to use for external DNS lookups. The default value of the ExternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000. @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDNSProtocolOption -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDNSProtocolOption parameter specifies which protocol to use when querying external DNS servers. The valid options for this parameter are Any, UseTcpOnly, and UseUdpOnly. The default value is Any. @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDNSServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDNSServers parameter specifies the list of external DNS servers that the server queries when resolving a remote domain. DNS servers are specified by IP address. The default value is an empty list ({}). @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalIPAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalIPAddress parameter specifies the IP address used in the Received message header field for every message that travels through the Edge server or the Transport service on a Mailbox server. The IP address in the Received header field is used for hop count and routing loop detection. The IP address specified by the ExternalIPAddress parameter overrides the external network adapter's actual IP address. Typically, you would want to set the value of the ExternalIPAddress parameter to match the value of your domain's public MX record. The default value of the ExternalIPAddress parameter is blank. This means the actual IP address of the external network adapter is used in the Received header field. @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDNSAdapterEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter specifies one or more DNS servers that Exchange uses for internal DNS lookups. When the InternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter is set to $true, DNS lookups of destinations inside the Exchange organization are performed by using the DNS settings of the internal network adapter specified by the value of the InternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter. If you want to specify a custom list of DNS servers used for internal Exchange DNS lookups only, you must specify the DNS servers by using the InternalDNSServers parameter, and you must also set the value of the InternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter to $false. The default value of the InternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter is $true. @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDNSAdapterGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter specifies the network adapter that has the DNS settings used for DNS lookups of servers that exist inside the Exchange organization. The concept of an internal network adapter and an external network adapter is only applicable in a multi-homed Exchange server environment. When no particular network adapter is specified as the network adapter for external DNS lookups, the value of the InternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000, and internal DNS lookups are performed by using the DNS settings of any available network adapter. You might enter the GUID of a specific network adapter to use for internal DNS lookups. The default value of the InternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000. @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDNSProtocolOption -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDNSProtocolOption parameter specifies which protocol to use when you query internal DNS servers. Valid options for this parameter are Any, UseTcpOnly, or UseUdpOnly. @@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDNSServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDNSServers parameter specifies the list of DNS servers that should be used when resolving a domain name. DNS servers are specified by IP address. The default value is any empty list ({}). @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntraOrgConnectorProtocolLoggingLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IntraOrgConnectorProtocolLoggingLevel parameter enables or disables SMTP protocol logging on the implicit and invisible intra-organization Send connectors that are used to transmit messages between Exchange servers in the Exchange organization. @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntraOrgConnectorSmtpMaxMessagesPerConnection -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IntraOrgConnectorSmtpMaxMessagesPerConnection parameter specifies the maximum number of messages per connection limit on the implicit and invisible intra-organization Send connectors that are used to transmit messages between Exchange servers in the Exchange organization. @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IrmLogEnabled parameter enables logging of Information Rights Management (IRM) transactions. IRM logging is enabled by default. Values include: @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IrmLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age for the IRM log file. Log files that are older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This IrmLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of all IRM logs in the connectivity log directory. When a directory reaches its maximum file size, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 250 MB. @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This IrmLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of each IRM log file. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IrmLogPath parameter specifies the default IRM log directory location. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%Logging\\IRMLogs. @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConcurrentMailboxDeliveries -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConcurrentMailboxDeliveries parameter specifies the maximum number of delivery threads that the transport service can have open at the same time to deliver messages to mailboxes. The default value is 20. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 256. We recommend that you don't modify the default value unless Microsoft Customer Service and Support advises you to do this. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConcurrentMailboxSubmissions -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConcurrentMailboxSubmissions parameter specifies the maximum number of submission threads that the transport service can have open at the same time to send messages from mailboxes. The default value is 20. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 256. @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConnectionRatePerMinute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConnectionRatePerMinute parameter specifies the maximum rate that connections are allowed to be opened with the transport service. If many connections are attempted with the transport service at the same time, the MaxConnectionRatePerMinute parameter limits the rate that the connections are opened so that the server's resources aren't overwhelmed. The default value is 1200 connections per minute. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 2147483647. @@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxOutboundConnections -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxOutboundConnections parameter specifies the maximum number of outbound connections that can be open at a time. The default value is 1000. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 2147483647. If you enter a value of unlimited, no limit is imposed on the number of outbound connections. The value of the MaxOutboundConnections parameter must be greater than or equal to the value of the MaxPerDomainOutboundConnections parameter. @@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxPerDomainOutboundConnections -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxPerDomainOutboundConnections parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent connections to any single domain. The default value is 40. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 2147483647. If you enter a value of unlimited, no limit is imposed on the number of outbound connections per domain. The value of the MaxPerDomainOutboundConnections parameter must be less than or equal to the value of the MaxOutboundConnections parameter. @@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageExpirationTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageExpirationTimeout parameter specifies the maximum time that a particular message can remain in a queue. If a message remains in the queue for longer than this period of time, the message is returned to the sender as a permanent failure. The default value is 2 days. @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageRetryInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageRetryInterval parameter specifies the retry interval for individual messages after a connection failure with a remote server. The default value is 5 minutes. @@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogEnabled parameter specifies whether message tracking is enabled. The default value is $true. @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogMaxAge parameter specifies the message tracking log maximum file age. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the message tracking log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of the message tracking log files. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogPath parameter specifies the location of the message tracking logs. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\MessageTracking. Setting the value of this parameter to $null disables message tracking. However, setting this parameter to $null when the value of the MessageTrackingLogEnabled attribute is $true generates event log errors. The preferred method to disable message tracking is to use the MessageTrackingLogEnabled parameter. @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled parameter specifies whether the message subject should be included in the message tracking log. The default value is $true. @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutboundConnectionFailureRetryInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OutboundConnectionFailureRetryInterval parameter specifies the retry interval for subsequent connection attempts to a remote server where previous connection attempts have failed. The previously failed connection attempts are controlled by the TransientFailureRetryCount and TransientFailureRetryInterval parameters. For the Transport service on a Mailbox server, the default value of the OutboundConnectionFailureRetryInterval parameter is 10 minutes. On an Edge server, the default value is 30 minutes. @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PickupDirectoryMaxHeaderSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PickupDirectoryMaxHeaderSize parameter specifies the maximum message header size that can be submitted to the Pickup directory. The default value is 64 KB. @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PickupDirectoryMaxMessagesPerMinute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PickupDirectoryMaxMessagesPerMinute parameter specifies the maximum number of messages processed per minute by the Pickup directory and by the Replay directory. Each directory can independently process message files at the rate specified by the PickupDirectoryMaxMessagesPerMinute parameter. The default value is 100. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 20000. @@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PickupDirectoryMaxRecipientsPerMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PickupDirectoryMaxRecipientsPerMessage parameter specifies the maximum number of recipients that can be included on an message. The default value is 100. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 10000. @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PickupDirectoryPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PickupDirectoryPath parameter specifies the location of the Pickup directory. The Pickup directory is used by administrators and non-Microsoft applications to create and submit messages. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Pickup. If the value of the PickupDirectoryPath parameter is set to $null, the Pickup directory is disabled. @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PipelineTracingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PipelineTracingEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable pipeline tracing. Pipeline tracing captures message snapshot files that record the changes made to the message by each transport agent configured in the transport service on the server. Pipeline tracing creates verbose log files that accumulate quickly. Pipeline tracing should only be enabled for a short time to provide in-depth diagnostic information that enables you to troubleshoot problems. In addition to troubleshooting, you can use pipeline tracing to validate changes that you make to the configuration of the transport service where you enable pipeline tracing. The default value is $false. @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PipelineTracingPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PipelineTracingPath parameter specifies the location of the pipeline tracing logs. The default location depends on your version of Exchange: @@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PipelineTracingSenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PipelineTracingSenderAddress parameter specifies the sender address that invokes pipeline tracing. Only messages from this address generate pipeline tracing output. The address can be either inside or outside the Exchange organization. Depending on your requirements, you might have to set this parameter to different sender addresses and send new messages to start the transport agents or routes that you want to test. The default value of this parameter is $null. @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PoisonMessageDetectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PoisonMessageDetectionEnabled parameter specifies whether poison messages should be detected. The default value is $true. Poison messages are messages determined to be potentially harmful to the Exchange system after a server failure. Poison messages are put in the poison message queue. We recommend that you don't modify the default value unless Customer Service and Support advises you to do this. @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PoisonThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PoisonThreshold parameter specifies the number of times a message can be rejected before it's classified as a poison message. The default value is 2. We recommend that you don't modify the default value unless Customer Service and Support advises you to do this. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 10. @@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueMaxIdleTime -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueMaxIdleTime parameter specifies the period of time an empty delivery queue can exist before the queue is removed. The default value is 3 minutes. @@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age of the queue log files. Log files that are older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 7 days. @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the queue log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 200 MB. @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of the queue log files. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueLogPath parameter specifies the path of the queue log directory. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\QueueViewer. Setting the value of this parameter to $null disables queue logging. @@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReceiveProtocolLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReceiveProtocolLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age of the Receive connector protocol log file. Log files that are older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReceiveProtocolLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReceiveProtocolLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the Receive connector protocol log directory shared by all the Receive connectors that exist on the server. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 250 MB. @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReceiveProtocolLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReceiveProtocolLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of the Receive connector protocol log files shared by all the Receive connectors that exist on the server. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReceiveProtocolLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReceiveProtocolLogPath parameter specifies the path of the protocol log directory for all the Receive connectors that exist on the server. The default location depends on your version of Exchange: @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientValidationCacheEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RecipientValidationCacheEnabled parameter specifies whether the recipient addresses used by transport agents, such as the Recipient Filtering agent, are cached. The default value is $true on Edge servers and $false for the Transport service on Mailbox servers. @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReplayDirectoryPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReplayDirectoryPath parameter specifies the path of the Replay directory. The Replay directory is used to resubmit exported messages and to receive messages from foreign gateway servers. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Replay. If the value of the ReplayDirectoryPath parameter is set to $null, the Replay directory is disabled. @@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RootDropDirectoryPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RootDropDirectoryPath parameter specifies the top-level location of the Drop directory used by all Foreign connectors defined in the Transport service on a Mailbox server. The value of the RootDropDirectoryPath parameter might be a local path, or a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path to a remote server. By default, the RootDropDirectoryPath parameter is blank. This indicates the value of RootDropDirectoryPath is the Exchange installation folder. The RootDropDirectoryPath parameter is used with the DropDirectory parameter in the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet to specify the location for outgoing messages going to the address spaces defined on the Foreign connector. @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoutingTableLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RoutingTableLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum routing table log age. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 7 days. @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoutingTableLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RoutingTableLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the routing table log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 50 MB. @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoutingTableLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RoutingTableLogPath parameter specifies the directory location where routing table log files should be stored. The default location depends on your version of Exchange: @@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendProtocolLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendProtocolLogMaxAge parameter specifies the Send connector protocol log file maximum age. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendProtocolLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendProtocolLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the Send connector protocol log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The minimum value is 1 MB. The default value is 250 MB. @@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendProtocolLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendProtocolLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of the Send connector protocol log files shared by all the Send connectors that exist on a server. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendProtocolLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendProtocolLogPath parameter specifies the location of protocol log storage for the Send connectors. The default location depends on your version of Exchange: @@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServerStatisticsLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010 and Exchange 2013 CU6 or earlier. @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServerStatisticsLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010 and Exchange 2013 CU6 or earlier. @@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServerStatisticsLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010 and Exchange 2013 CU6 or earlier. @@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServerStatisticsLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010 and Exchange 2013 CU6 or earlier. @@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransientFailureRetryCount -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TransientFailureRetryCount parameter specifies the maximum number of immediate connection retries attempted when the server encounters a connection failure with a remote server. The default value is 6. The valid input range for this parameter is from 0 through 15. When the value of this parameter is set to 0, the server doesn't immediately attempt to retry an unsuccessful connection, and the next connection attempt is controlled by the OutboundConnectionFailureRetryInterval parameter. @@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransientFailureRetryInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TransientFailureRetryInterval parameter controls the connection interval between each connection attempt specified by the TransientFailureRetryCount parameter. For the Transport service on a Mailbox server, the default value of the TransientFailureRetryInterval parameter is 5 minutes. On an Edge server, the default value is 10 minutes. @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseDowngradedExchangeServerAuth -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UseDowngradedExchangeServerAuth parameter specifies whether the Generic Security Services application programming interface (GSSAPI) authentication method is used on connections where Transport Layer Security (TLS) is disabled. @@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WlmLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WlmLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WlmLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WlmLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportService.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportService.md index 60535549df..1c8982c109 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportService.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportService.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ This example sets the ReceiveProtocolLogPath parameter to C:\\SMTP Protocol Logs ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the Mailbox server that hosts the Transport service configuration you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum duration that the per user activity statistics log files are kept. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the cap on the size of the per user activity statistics log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The minimum value is 1 megabyte (MB). The default value is 250 MB. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveUserStatisticsLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum file size for the per user activity statistics log files. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveUserStatisticsLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveUserStatisticsLogPath parameter specifies the location of per user activity statistics log storage. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\ActiveUsersStats. Setting the value of this parameter to $null disables server statistics logging. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogEnabled parameter specifies whether the agent log is enabled. The default value is $true. @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age for the agent log file. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 7.00:00:00 or 7 days. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of all agent logs in the agent log directory. When a directory reaches its maximum file size, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 250 MB. @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of each agent log file. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AgentLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AgentLogPath parameter specifies the default agent log directory location. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\AgentLog. Setting the value of this parameter to $null disables agent logging. However, setting this parameter to $null when the value of the AgentLogEnabled attribute is $true generates event log errors. @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AntispamAgentsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AntispamAgentsEnabled parameter specifies whether anti-spam agents are installed on the server specified with the Identity parameter. The default value is $false for the Transport service on Mailbox servers and $true on Edge Transport servers. @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogEnabled parameter specifies whether the connectivity log is enabled. The default value is $true. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age for the connectivity log file. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of all connectivity logs in the connectivity log directory. When a directory reaches its maximum file size, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 1000 MB. @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of each connectivity log file. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectivityLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConnectivityLogPath parameter specifies the default connectivity log directory location. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\Connectivity. Setting the value of this parameter to $null disables connectivity logging. However, setting this parameter to $null when the value of the ConnectivityLogEnabled attribute is $true generates event log errors. @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContentConversionTracingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ContentConversionTracingEnabled parameter specifies whether content conversion tracing is enabled. Content conversion tracing captures content conversion failures that occur in the Transport service on a Mailbox server or on the Edge Transport server. The default value is $false. Content conversion tracing captures a maximum of 128 MB of content conversion failures. When the 128 MB limit is reached, no more content conversion failures are captured. Content conversion tracing captures the complete contents of email messages to the path specified by the PipelineTracingPath parameter. Make sure that you restrict access to this directory. The permissions required on the directory specified by the PipelineTracingPath parameter are as follows: @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DelayNotificationTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DelayNotificationTimeout parameter specifies how long the server waits before it generates a delayed delivery status notification (DSN) message. The default value is 4 hours. @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogEnabled parameter specifies whether the DNS log is enabled. The default value is $false. @@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age for the DNS log file. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 7.00:00:00 or 7 days. @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of all DNS logs in the DNS log directory. When a directory reaches its maximum file size, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 100 MB. @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of each DNS log file. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DnsLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DnsLogPath parameter specifies the DNS log directory location. The default value is blank ($null), which indicates no location is configured. If you enable DNS logging, you need to specify a local file path for the DNS log files by using this parameter. If the path contains spaces, enclose the entire path value in quotation marks ("). @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter specifies one or more Domain Name System (DNS) servers that Exchange uses for external DNS lookups. When the ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter is set to $true, DNS lookups of destinations outside the Exchange organization are performed by using the DNS settings of the external network adapter specified by the value of the ExternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter. If you want to specify a custom list of DNS servers used for external Exchange DNS lookups only, you must specify the DNS servers by using the ExternalDNSServers parameter, and you must also set the value of the ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter to $false. The default value of the ExternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter is $true. @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDNSAdapterGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter specifies the network adapter that has the DNS settings used for DNS lookups of destinations that exist outside the Exchange organization. The concept of an external network adapter and an internal network adapter is only applicable in a multi-homed Exchange server environment. When no particular network adapter is specified as the network adapter for external DNS lookups, the value of the ExternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000, and external DNS lookups are performed by using the DNS settings of any available network adapter. You might enter the GUID of a specific network adapter to use for external DNS lookups. The default value of the ExternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000. @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDNSProtocolOption -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDNSProtocolOption parameter specifies which protocol to use when querying external DNS servers. The valid options for this parameter are Any, UseTcpOnly, and UseUdpOnly. The default value is Any. @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalDNSServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalDNSServers parameter specifies the list of external DNS servers that the server queries when resolving a remote domain. DNS servers are specified by IP address. The default value is an empty list ({}). @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalIPAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalIPAddress parameter specifies the IP address used in the Received message header field for every message that travels through the Edge Transport server or the Transport service on a Mailbox server. The IP address in the Received header field is used for hop count and routing loop detection. The IP address specified by the ExternalIPAddress parameter overrides the external network adapter's actual IP address. Typically, you would want to set the value of the ExternalIPAddress parameter to match the value of your domain's public MX record. The default value of the ExternalIPAddress parameter is blank. This means the actual IP address of the external network adapter is used in the Received header field. @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDNSAdapterEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter specifies one or more DNS servers that Exchange uses for internal DNS lookups. When the InternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter is set to $true, DNS lookups of destinations inside the Exchange organization are performed by using the DNS settings of the internal network adapter specified by the value of the InternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter. If you want to specify a custom list of DNS servers used for internal Exchange DNS lookups only, you must specify the DNS servers by using the InternalDNSServers parameter, and you must also set the value of the InternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter to $false. The default value of the InternalDNSAdapterEnabled parameter is $true. @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDNSAdapterGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter specifies the network adapter that has the DNS settings used for DNS lookups of servers that exist inside the Exchange organization. The concept of an internal network adapter and an external network adapter is only applicable in a multi-homed Exchange server environment. When no particular network adapter is specified as the network adapter for external DNS lookups, the value of the InternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000, and internal DNS lookups are performed by using the DNS settings of any available network adapter. You might enter the GUID of a specific network adapter to use for internal DNS lookups. The default value of the InternalDNSAdapterGuid parameter is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000. @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDNSProtocolOption -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDNSProtocolOption parameter specifies which protocol to use when you query internal DNS servers. Valid options for this parameter are Any, UseTcpOnly, or UseUdpOnly.The default value is Any. @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalDNSServers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalDNSServers parameter specifies the list of DNS servers that should be used when resolving a domain name. DNS servers are specified by IP address. The default value is any empty list ({}). @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntraOrgConnectorProtocolLoggingLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IntraOrgConnectorProtocolLoggingLevel parameter enables or disables SMTP protocol logging for the implicit and invisible intra-organization Send connector in the following transport services on the server: @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntraOrgConnectorSmtpMaxMessagesPerConnection -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IntraOrgConnectorSmtpMaxMessagesPerConnection parameter specifies the maximum number of messages per connection that are allowed on the implicit and invisible intra-organization Send connector in the Transport service on the server. @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IrmLogEnabled parameter enables logging of Information Rights Management (IRM) transactions. IRM logging is enabled by default. Values include: @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IrmLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age for the IRM log file. Log files that are older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This IrmLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of all IRM logs in the connectivity log directory. When a directory reaches its maximum file size, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 250 MB. @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This IrmLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of each IRM log file. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IrmLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IrmLogPath parameter specifies the default IRM log directory location. The default value is %ExchangeInstallPath%IRMLogs. @@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConcurrentMailboxDeliveries -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConcurrentMailboxDeliveries parameter specifies the maximum number of delivery threads that the transport service can have open at the same time to deliver messages to mailboxes. The default value is 20. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 256. We recommend that you don't modify the default value unless Microsoft Customer Service and Support advises you to do this. @@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConcurrentMailboxSubmissions -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConcurrentMailboxSubmissions parameter specifies the maximum number of submission threads that the transport service can have open at the same time to send messages from mailboxes. The default value is 20. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 256. @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxConnectionRatePerMinute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxConnectionRatePerMinute parameter specifies the maximum rate that connections are allowed to be opened with the transport service. If many connections are attempted with the transport service at the same time, the MaxConnectionRatePerMinute parameter limits the rate that the connections are opened so that the server's resources aren't overwhelmed. The default value is 1200 connections per minute. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 2147483647. @@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxOutboundConnections -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxOutboundConnections parameter specifies the maximum number of outbound connections that can be open at a time. The default value is 1000. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 2147483647. If you enter a value of unlimited, no limit is imposed on the number of outbound connections. The value of the MaxOutboundConnections parameter must be greater than or equal to the value of the MaxPerDomainOutboundConnections parameter. @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxPerDomainOutboundConnections -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MaxPerDomainOutboundConnections parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent connections to any single domain. The default value is 40. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 2147483647. If you enter a value of unlimited, no limit is imposed on the number of outbound connections per domain. The value of the MaxPerDomainOutboundConnections parameter must be less than or equal to the value of the MaxOutboundConnections parameter. @@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageExpirationTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageExpirationTimeout parameter specifies the maximum time that a particular message can remain in a queue. If a message remains in the queue for longer than this period of time, the message is returned to the sender as a permanent failure. The default value is 2 days. @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageRetryInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageRetryInterval parameter specifies the retry interval for individual messages after a connection failure with a remote server. The default value is 5 minutes. @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogEnabled parameter specifies whether message tracking is enabled. The default value is $true. @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogMaxAge parameter specifies the message tracking log maximum file age. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the message tracking log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of the message tracking log files. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogPath parameter specifies the location of the message tracking logs. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\MessageTracking. Setting the value of this parameter to $null disables message tracking. However, setting this parameter to $null when the value of the MessageTrackingLogEnabled attribute is $true generates event log errors. The preferred method to disable message tracking is to use the MessageTrackingLogEnabled parameter. @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled parameter specifies whether the message subject should be included in the message tracking log. The default value is $true. @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutboundConnectionFailureRetryInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OutboundConnectionFailureRetryInterval parameter specifies the retry interval for subsequent connection attempts to a remote server where previous connection attempts have failed. The previously failed connection attempts are controlled by the TransientFailureRetryCount and TransientFailureRetryInterval parameters. For the Transport service on a Mailbox server, the default value of the OutboundConnectionFailureRetryInterval parameter is 10 minutes. On an Edge Transport server, the default value is 30 minutes. @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PickupDirectoryMaxHeaderSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PickupDirectoryMaxHeaderSize parameter specifies the maximum message header size that can be submitted to the Pickup directory. The default value is 64 KB. @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PickupDirectoryMaxMessagesPerMinute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PickupDirectoryMaxMessagesPerMinute parameter specifies the maximum number of messages processed per minute by the Pickup directory and by the Replay directory. Each directory can independently process message files at the rate specified by the PickupDirectoryMaxMessagesPerMinute parameter. The default value is 100. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 20000. @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PickupDirectoryMaxRecipientsPerMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PickupDirectoryMaxRecipientsPerMessage parameter specifies the maximum number of recipients that can be included on an email message. The default value is 100. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 10000. @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PickupDirectoryPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PickupDirectoryPath parameter specifies the location of the Pickup directory. The Pickup directory is used by administrators and non-Microsoft applications to create and submit messages. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Pickup. If the value of the PickupDirectoryPath parameter is set to $null, the Pickup directory is disabled. @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PipelineTracingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PipelineTracingEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable pipeline tracing. Pipeline tracing captures message snapshot files that record the changes made to the message by each transport agent configured in the transport service on the server. Pipeline tracing creates verbose log files that accumulate quickly. Pipeline tracing should only be enabled for a short time to provide in-depth diagnostic information that enables you to troubleshoot problems. In addition to troubleshooting, you can use pipeline tracing to validate changes that you make to the configuration of the transport service where you enable pipeline tracing. The default value is $false. @@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PipelineTracingPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PipelineTracingPath parameter specifies the location of the pipeline tracing logs. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\PipelineTracing. The path must be local to the Exchange server. @@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PipelineTracingSenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PipelineTracingSenderAddress parameter specifies the sender email address that invokes pipeline tracing. Only messages from this address generate pipeline tracing output. The address can be either inside or outside the Exchange organization. Depending on your requirements, you might have to set this parameter to different sender addresses and send new messages to start the transport agents or routes that you want to test. The default value of this parameter is $null. @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PoisonMessageDetectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PoisonMessageDetectionEnabled parameter specifies whether poison messages should be detected. The default value is $true. Poison messages are messages determined to be potentially harmful to the Exchange system after a server failure. Poison messages are put in the poison message queue. We recommend that you don't modify the default value unless Customer Service and Support advises you to do this. @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PoisonThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PoisonThreshold parameter specifies the number of times a message can be rejected before it's classified as a poison message. The default value is 2. We recommend that you don't modify the default value unless Customer Service and Support advises you to do this. The valid input range for this parameter is from 1 through 10. @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age of the queue log files. Log files that are older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 7 days. @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the queue log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 200 MB. @@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of the queue log files. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. The default value is 10 MB. @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueLogPath parameter specifies the path of the queue log directory. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\QueueViewer. Setting the value of this parameter to $null disables queue logging. @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QueueMaxIdleTime -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The QueueMaxIdleTime parameter specifies the period of time an empty delivery queue can exist before the queue is removed. The default value is 3 minutes. @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReceiveProtocolLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReceiveProtocolLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age of a protocol log file that's shared by all Receive connectors in the Transport service on the server. Log files that are older than the specified value are automatically deleted. @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReceiveProtocolLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReceiveProtocolLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the protocol log directory that's shared by all Receive connectors in the Transport service on the server. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReceiveProtocolLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReceiveProtocolLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of a protocol log file that's shared by all Receive connectors in the Transport on the server. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. @@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReceiveProtocolLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReceiveProtocolLogPath parameter specifies the location of the protocol log directory for all Receive connectors in the Transport service on the server. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\ProtocolLog\\SmtpReceive. @@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientValidationCacheEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RecipientValidationCacheEnabled parameter specifies whether the recipient addresses used by transport agents, such as the Recipient Filtering agent, are cached. The default value is $true on Edge Transport servers and $false for the Transport service on Mailbox servers. @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReplayDirectoryPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ReplayDirectoryPath parameter specifies the path of the Replay directory. The Replay directory is used to resubmit exported messages and to receive messages from foreign gateway servers. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Replay. If the value of the ReplayDirectoryPath parameter is set to $null, the Replay directory is disabled. @@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestBrokerLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestBrokerLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestBrokerLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestBrokerLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestBrokerLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResourceLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResourceLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResourceLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResourceLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResourceLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RootDropDirectoryPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RootDropDirectoryPath parameter specifies the top-level location of the Drop directory used by all Foreign connectors defined in the Transport service on a Mailbox server. The value of the RootDropDirectoryPath parameter might be a local path, or a Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path to a remote server. By default, the RootDropDirectoryPath parameter is blank. This indicates the value of RootDropDirectoryPath is the Exchange installation folder. The RootDropDirectoryPath parameter is used with the DropDirectory parameter in the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet to specify the location for outgoing messages going to the address spaces defined on the Foreign connector. @@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoutingTableLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RoutingTableLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum routing table log age. Log files older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 7 days. @@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoutingTableLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RoutingTableLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the routing table log directory. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. The default value is 50 MB. @@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoutingTableLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The RoutingTableLogPath parameter specifies the directory location where routing table log files should be stored. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\Routing. Setting the value of the RoutingTableLogPath parameter to $null disables routing table logging. @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendProtocolLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendProtocolLogMaxAge parameter specifies the maximum age of a protocol log file that's shared by all Send connectors in the Transport service that have this server configured as a source server. Log files that are older than the specified value are automatically deleted. @@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendProtocolLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendProtocolLogMaxDirectorySize parameter specifies the maximum size of the protocol log directory that's shared by all Send connectors in the Transport service that have this server configured as a source server. When the maximum directory size is reached, the server deletes the oldest log files first. @@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendProtocolLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendProtocolLogMaxFileSize parameter specifies the maximum size of a protocol log file that's shared by all Send connectors in the Transport service that have this server configured as a source server. When a log file reaches its maximum file size, a new log file is created. @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendProtocolLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SendProtocolLogPath parameter specifies the location of the protocol log directory for all Send connectors in the Transport service on the server. The default location is %ExchangeInstallPath%TransportRoles\\Logs\\Hub\\ProtocolLog\\SmtpSend. @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServerStatisticsLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2013 CU6 or earlier. @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServerStatisticsLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2013 CU6 or earlier. @@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServerStatisticsLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2013 CU6 or earlier. @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServerStatisticsLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2013 CU6 or earlier. @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransientFailureRetryCount -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TransientFailureRetryCount parameter specifies the maximum number of immediate connection retries attempted when the server encounters a connection failure with a remote server. The default value is 6. The valid input range for this parameter is from 0 through 15. When the value of this parameter is set to 0, the server doesn't immediately attempt to retry an unsuccessful connection, and the next connection attempt is controlled by the OutboundConnectionFailureRetryInterval parameter. @@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransientFailureRetryInterval -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TransientFailureRetryInterval parameter controls the connection interval between each connection attempt specified by the TransientFailureRetryCount parameter. For the Transport service on a Mailbox server, the default value of the TransientFailureRetryInterval parameter is 5 minutes. On an Edge Transport server, the default value is 10 minutes. @@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportHttpLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportHttpLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportHttpLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportHttpLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportHttpLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportMaintenanceLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportMaintenanceLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2530,7 +2530,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportMaintenanceLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportMaintenanceLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportMaintenanceLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncAccountsPoisonAccountThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2602,7 +2602,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncAccountsPoisonDetectionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncAccountsPoisonItemThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2638,7 +2638,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncAccountsSuccessivePoisonItemThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2656,7 +2656,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2674,7 +2674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncExchangeEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncHubHealthLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncHubHealthLogFilePath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2728,7 +2728,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncHubHealthLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncHubHealthLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncHubHealthLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2782,7 +2782,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncImapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncLogEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2818,7 +2818,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncLogFilePath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncLogLoggingLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2854,7 +2854,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncMaxDownloadItemsPerConnection -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2926,7 +2926,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncMaxDownloadSizePerConnection -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2944,7 +2944,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncMaxDownloadSizePerItem -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2962,7 +2962,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncPopEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportSyncRemoteConnectionTimeout -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseDowngradedExchangeServerAuth -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The UseDowngradedExchangeServerAuth parameter specifies whether the Generic Security Services application programming interface (GSSAPI) authentication method is used on connections where Transport Layer Security (TLS) is disabled. @@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsLiveHotmailTransportSyncEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -3056,7 +3056,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WlmLogMaxAge -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -3074,7 +3074,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WlmLogMaxDirectorySize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -3092,7 +3092,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WlmLogMaxFileSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WlmLogPath -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md index cbb748981c..262220b5ea 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Performing this procedure on a linked mailbox removes all permissions on the mai ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Identity parameter specifies the user that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the user. For example: @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowUMCallsFromNonUsers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Arbitration -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AssistantName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The AssistantName parameter specifies the name of the user's assistant. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthenticationPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The AuthenticationPolicy parameter specifies the authentication policy to apply to the user. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CertificateSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -City -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The City parameter specifies the user's city. @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Company -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Company parameter specifies the user's company. @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CountryOrRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The CountryOrRegion parameter specifies the user's country or region. A valid value is a valid ISO 3166-1 two-letter country code (for example, AU for Australia) or the corresponding friendly name for the country (which might be different from the official ISO 3166 Maintenance Agency short name). @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CreateDTMFMap -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Department -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Department parameter specifies the user's department. @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the user. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in Active Directory. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Fax -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Fax parameter specifies the user's fax number. @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FirstName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The FirstName parameter specifies the user's first name. @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GeoCoordinates -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The GeoCoordinates parameter specifies the user's location in latitude, longitude and (optionally) altitude coordinates. A valid value for this parameter uses one of the following formats: @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HomePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The HomePhone parameter specifies the user's home telephone number. @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreDefaultScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Initials -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Initials parameter specifies the user's middle initials. @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LastName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The LastName parameter specifies the user's last name. @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkedCredential -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkedDomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkedMasterAccount -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Manager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Manager parameter specifies the user's manager. @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MobilePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The MobilePhone parameter specifies the user's primary mobile phone number. @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the user. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Office -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Office parameter specifies the user's physical office name or number. @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherFax -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The OtherFax parameter specifies the user's alternative fax number. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherHomePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The OtherHomePhone parameter specifies the user's alternative home telephone number. @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherTelephone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The OtherTelephone parameter specifies the user's alternative telephone number. @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Pager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Pager parameter specifies the user's pager number. @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermanentlyClearPreviousMailboxInfo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Phone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Phone parameter specifies the user's office telephone number. @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhoneticDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The PhoneticDisplayName parameter specifies an alternate spelling of the user's name that's used for text to speech in Unified Messaging (UM) environments. Typically, you use this parameter when the pronunciation and spelling of the user's name don't match. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PostalCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The PostalCode parameter specifies the user's zip code or postal code. @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PostOfficeBox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The PostOfficeBox parameter specifies the user's post office box number. @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PublicFolder -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The PublicFolder switch is required to modify public folder mailboxes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemotePowerShellEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection **Note**: In cloud-based environments, this parameter is being deprecated, so use the EXOModuleEnabled parameter instead. @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResetPasswordOnNextLogon -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The ResetPasswordOnNextLogon parameter specifies whether the user must change their password the next time they log on. Valid values are: @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SamAccountName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SeniorityIndex -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The SeniorityIndex parameter specifies the order in which this user is displayed in a hierarchical address book. A user with a value of 2 is displayed higher in an address book than a user with a value of 1. @@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The SimpleDisplayName parameter is used to display an alternative description of the object when only a limited set of characters is permitted. Valid characters are: @@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SkipDualWrite -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StateOrProvince -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The StateOrProvince parameter specifies the user's state or province. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StreetAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The StreetAddress parameter specifies the user's physical address. @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TelephoneAssistant -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Title -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The Title parameter specifies the user's title. @@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UMCallingLineIds -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UMDtmfMap -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserPrincipalName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WebPage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The WebPage parameter specifies the user's Web page. @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The WhatIf switch doesn't work on this cmdlet. @@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-UserPhoto.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-UserPhoto.md index 52522938ff..b9c4c20062 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-UserPhoto.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-UserPhoto.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ This example deletes the preview photo that was uploaded in the previous example ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the user. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the user. For example: @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Cancel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Cancel switch deletes the current preview photo. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PictureData -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PictureData parameter specifies the photo file to upload to the user's account. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PictureStream -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The PictureStream parameter specifies the photo to upload to the user's account. This parameter is used by client applications such as Outlook on the web when users add a photo. To upload a photo using PowerShell, use the PictureData parameter to specify the photo file. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Preview -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Preview switch uploads a preview photo for the user account. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Save -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Save switch specifies the uploaded photo is saved as the user's photo. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GroupMailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The GroupMailbox switch is required to modify Microsoft 365 Groups. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreDefaultScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The IgnoreDefaultScope switch tells the command to ignore the default recipient scope setting for the Exchange PowerShell session, and to use the entire forest as the scope. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhotoType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory.md index f96a79084a..af15a221bb 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ This example enables MRSProxy on the EWS default website. MRSProxy is the servic ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the EWS virtual directory that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the virtual directory. For example: @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BasicAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The BasicAuthentication parameter specifies whether Basic authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CertificateAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The CertificateAuthentication parameter specifies whether certificate authentication is enabled. This parameter affects the `/ews/management/` virtual directory. It doesn't affect the `/ews/` virtual directory. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DigestAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DigestAuthentication parameter specifies whether Digest authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionFlags -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionFlags parameter specifies custom settings for Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionSPNList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionSPNList parameter specifies a list of valid Service Principal Names (SPNs) if you're using Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtendedProtectionTokenChecking -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExtendedProtectionTokenChecking parameter defines how you want to use Extended Protection for Authentication on the virtual directory. Extended Protection for Authentication isn't enabled by default. Valid values are: @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ExternalURL parameter specifies the URL that's used to connect to the virtual directory from outside the firewall. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GzipLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The GzipLevel parameter sets the Gzip configuration for the Exchange Web Services virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalNLBBypassUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE **Note:** This parameter applies only to Exchange 2010. By default, Exchange 2013 or later already has the InternalNLBBypassUrl value configured on the backend Exchange Web Services (EWS) virtual directory on Mailbox servers. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The InternalURL parameter specifies the URL that's used to connect to the virtual directory from inside the firewall. @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MRSProxyEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MRSProxyEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable MRSProxy for the Exchange Web Services virtual directory on Exchange servers that have the Client Access server role installed. MRSProxy helps to proxy mailbox moves between Active Directory forests. The default value is $false. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OAuthAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The OAuthAuthentication parameter specifies whether OAuth authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WindowsAuthentication parameter specifies whether Integrated Windows authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WSSecurityAuthentication -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WSSecurityAuthentication parameter specifies whether WS-Security (Web Services Security) authentication is enabled on the virtual directory. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-X400AuthoritativeDomain.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-X400AuthoritativeDomain.md index 1cd18367dd..3091a8391f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-X400AuthoritativeDomain.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-X400AuthoritativeDomain.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ This example makes the following changes to an existing X.400 authoritative doma ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the X.400 authoritative domain that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the domain. For example: @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the X.400 authoritative domain. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -X400DomainName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The X400DomainName parameter specifies the X.400 namespace that can only include the X.400 organizational components. Specifically, only the following attribute types are supported: @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -X400ExternalRelay -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The X400ExternalRelay parameter specifies whether this authoritative domain is an external relay domain. If you set the X400ExternalRelay parameter to $true, Exchange routes to the external address and doesn't treat resolution failures to this subdomain as errors. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-ComplianceSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-ComplianceSearch.md index 2d08dc0fc9..69a49182af 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-ComplianceSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-ComplianceSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example starts the compliance search named Case 1234 ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance The Identity parameter specifies the compliance search that you want to start. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetryOnError -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance The RetryOnError switch specifies whether to retry the search on any items that failed without re-running the entire search all over again. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance The WhatIf parameter doesn't work in the Microsoft Purview compliance portal. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md index d2675e5692..fedd062276 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ This example starts the members of the DAG DAG1 in the Active Directory site Red ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the name of the DAG being started. @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveDirectorySite -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveDirectorySite parameter specifies whether to start all DAG members in the specified site. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxServer -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MailboxServer parameter specifies whether to start a single DAG member. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConfigurationOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConfigurationOnly switch specifies whether to update the Active Directory properties with the start action, but doesn't perform a start of the DAG or any members. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-EdgeSynchronization.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-EdgeSynchronization.md index f3be145a64..942cf46484 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-EdgeSynchronization.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-EdgeSynchronization.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example starts edge synchronization on the Mailbox server named Mailbox01. ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceFullSync -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForceFullSync switch specifies whether to initiate a full edge synchronization. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceUpdateCookie -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ForceUpdateCookie switch specifies whether to force the Microsoft Exchange EdgeSync service to update the replication cookie even if it encounters an error. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Server -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Server parameter specifies the Exchange server where you want to run this command. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetServer -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The TargetServer parameter specifies an Edge Transport server to initiate edge synchronization with. If omitted, all Edge Transport servers are synchronized. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxAssistant.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxAssistant.md index cb4f85e871..1af287cc35 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxAssistant.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxAssistant.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example starts the `BigFunnelRetryFeederTimeBasedAssistant` assistant and l ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the user whose mailbox should be processed by the Mailbox Assistant. Valid values are: @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AssistantName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The AssistantName parameter specifies the assistant that should process the mailbox. Valid values are: @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SoftDeletedMailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The SoftDeletedMailbox switch specifies that the mailbox to be processed by the assistant is a soft-deleted mailbox. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxSearch.md index a547ae884e..4da8c127b8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MailboxSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This example starts the mailbox search ProjectContoso. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the name of the search. The name is referenced when starting, stopping, or removing the search. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Resume -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Resume switch resumes a stopped, failed, or partially succeeded search from the point it stopped. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StatisticsStartIndex -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The StatisticsStartIndex parameter is used by the EAC to retrieve keyword statistics in a paged operation. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-ManagedFolderAssistant.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-ManagedFolderAssistant.md index 46ebde84f6..c3b0d8267e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-ManagedFolderAssistant.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-ManagedFolderAssistant.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ This example uses the Get-Mailbox command to retrieve all the mailboxes that res ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox to be processed. In cross-premises deployments, you can also specify a mail user who has a mailbox in the cloud. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox or mail user. For example: @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AggMailboxCleanup -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The AggMailboxCleanup switch specifies aggregate mailbox cleanup. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HoldCleanup -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The HoldCleanup switch instructs the Managed Folder Assistant to clean up duplicate versions of items in the Recoverable Items folder that might have been created when a mailbox is on In-Place Hold, Litigation Hold, or has Single Item Recovery enabled. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationBatch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationBatch.md index 2057afd43e..50807eac36 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationBatch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationBatch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ProvisioningAndMigration-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example starts the migration batch SEM1. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter identifies the migration batch that you want to start. Use the migration batch Name parameter as the value for this parameter. Use the Get-MigrationBatch cmdlet to identify the name of the migration batch. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Validate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationUser.md index 2a837896b8..59b9123568 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-MigrationUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ProvisioningAndMigration-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example starts the migration of the user named laura@contoso.com ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the email address of the user that's being migrated. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-ComplianceSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-ComplianceSearch.md index 2d60f04091..50dc351ba7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-ComplianceSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-ComplianceSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example stops the active compliance search named Case 1234 ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance The Identity parameter specifies the compliance search that you want to stop. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Security & Compliance +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Security & Compliance The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md index 3731c78feb..fd68e66f9e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ This example stops the Mailbox server MBX3, which is currently offline, in the D ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the name of the DAG being stopped. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveDirectorySite -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ActiveDirectorySite parameter specifies the Active Directory site containing the DAG members to stop (for example, stop all DAG members in a particular Active Directory site). @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxServer -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The MailboxServer parameter specifies a single DAG member to stop. If Datacenter Activation Coordination mode is enabled for the DAG and all DAG members are in the same Active Directory site, use the MailboxServer parameter to stop individual DAG members instead of the ActiveDirectorySite parameter when stopping failed DAG members. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConfigurationOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The ConfigurationOnly switch updates the Active Directory properties with the stop action, but doesn't perform a stop of the DAG or any members. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MailboxSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MailboxSearch.md index ddfbcd46a5..3033128657 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MailboxSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MailboxSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example stops the mailbox search Project Contoso. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter specifies the name of the mailbox search. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-ManagedFolderAssistant.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-ManagedFolderAssistant.md index da5e553d14..24ece5e1b7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-ManagedFolderAssistant.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-ManagedFolderAssistant.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example stops the Managed Folder Assistant on the servers ExchSrvr1 and Exc ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Identity parameter specifies the Exchange server where you want to run this command. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the server. For example: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The DomainController parameter specifies the domain controller that's used by this cmdlet to read data from or write data to Active Directory. You identify the domain controller by its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). For example, dc01.contoso.com. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MigrationBatch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MigrationBatch.md index 56da49cbe3..f4acf68ecd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MigrationBatch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-MigrationBatch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ProvisioningAndMigration-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example stops the migration batch MigrationBatch1. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Identity parameter identifies the name of the current migration batch. The value for this parameter is specified by the Name parameter of the New-MigrationBatch cmdlet. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019 +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE This parameter is available only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Online +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch.